DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT of the PROPOSED COLOUR GRANITE QUARRY in an AREA of 8.46 Ha by SRI MADDINENI

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT OF THE PROPOSED COLOUR GRANITE QUARRY IN AN AREA OF 8.46 ha

BY SRI MADDINENI VEERANJANEYULU AT SURVEY NO. 359 (PART), BALLIKURAVA VILLAGE AND MANDAL, PRAKASAM DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH

1. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 2. CLUSTER ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 3. COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCE 4. ANNEXURE

Terms of Reference: SEIAA/AP/PKM/MIN/12/2018/772 - 303, dt. 14.05.2019 Monitoring Period : February – April 2019 Project Cost : Rs. 70 Lakhs

Project No. 1020-01-01 October, 2020

Studies and Documentation By Submitted By TEAM Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu NABET – Certificate No: NABET/ EIA/ Arundalpet, Near Pichikala, 1821/ SA 0114, dt.04.09.2020 Guntur Ground, B-115 to 117& 509, Annapurna Block, Guntur District – 522 002 Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Email: [email protected] Hyderabad-500 038 Phone: 040-23748 555/616, Telefax: 040-23748666

Email: [email protected] SUBMITTED TO ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD, REGIONAL OFFICE, ONGOLE SRI MADDINENI VEERANJANEYULU SURVEY NO. 359 (PART), BALLIKURAVA VILLAGE AND MANDAL, PRAKASAM DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH

1. ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

Studies and Documentation By Submitted By TEAM Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu B-115 to 117 & 509, Annapurna Block, Arundalpet, Near Pichikala, Guntur Ground, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet,

Guntur District – 522 002 Hyderabad-500 038

Email: [email protected] Phone: 040-23748 555/616,

Telefax: 040-23748666

Email: [email protected]

SUBMITTED TO ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD, REGIONAL OFFICE, ONGOLE CONTENTS

Section Chapter Page. No

1 Introduction 1.1 Introduction 1-1 1.2 Purpose of the Report 1-1 1.3 Brief Background of the Project 1-2 1.4 Mining Method 1-2 1.5 Mine Location 1-2 1.6 Environmental Impact Assessment 1-5 1.7 Scope of EIA Studies 1-5 1.8 Clearance requirement for the project 1-6

2 Project Description 2.0 Introduction 2-1 2.1 Land use pattern of the mine lease area 2-2 2.2 Geology of the area 2-2 2.2.1 Topography 2-2 2.2.2 Regional Geology 2-2 2.2.3 Local Geology 2-3 2.3 Reserves 2-4 2.4 Conceptual Mining plan 2-6 2.5 Mining Technology 2-7 2.6 Development and production 2-8 2.7 Machinery Requirement 2-10 2.8 Employment Potential 2-10 2.9 Site Services 2-10 2.10 Fire Fighting Facilities 2-11 2.11 Water Requirement 2-11 2.12 Effluent generation and groundwater 2-11 2.13 Crushing and Screening Plant 2-12 2.14 Reclamation and Rehabilitation 2-12 2.15 Details of Cluster Projects 2-12

3.0 Baseline Environmental Status 3.1 Introduction 3-1 3.2 Land Environment 3-1 3.2.1 Physiography 3-1 3.2.2 Geology 3-5 3.2.3 Hydrogeology 3-7 3.2.4 Soils 3-10 Section Chapter Page. No 3.3 Water Environment 3-16 3.3.1 Surface Water Resources 3-16 3.3.1.1 Surface Water Quality 3-16 3.3.1.2 Ground Water Resources 3-18 3.3.1.3 Quality of Ground Water 3-18 3.4 Air Environment 3-23 3.4.1 Meteorology 3-23 3.4.2 Meteorological Station at Mine Lease area 3-26 3.4.3 Ambient Air Quality 3-29 3.4.4 Scope of Field Study 3-31 3.4.5 Description of Sampling Locations 3-33 3.4.6 Ambient Air Quality Status 3-35 3.4.7 Noise Environment 3-37 3.4.8 Traffic Study 3-40 3.5 Socio Economic Environment 3-40 3.5.1 Demography 3-41 3.5.2 Population Distribution 3-41 3.5.3 Literacy 3-42 3.5.4 Employment/Occupation 3-43 3.5.5 Living Standards and Infrastructure 3-45 3.5.6 Land Utilization 3-47 3.5.7 Project Economy 3-48 3.6 Ecology 3-48

4 Anticipated Environment Impacts and Mitigation Measures 4.0 Identification of Impacts 4-1 4.1 Environmental impacts from mining and associated infrastructure 4-1 4.1.1 Impact Networks 4-4 4.2 Prediction and Assessment of Impacts 4-8 4.2.1 Methodology of Rapid Impact Assessment Matrix 4-8 4.2.2 Air Environment 4-13 4.2.3 Details of Mathematical Modeling 4-16 4.2.4 Emissions from Mining activity and transportation 4-18 4.2.5 Air Quality Predictions 4-19 4.3 Occupational Health Hazards Due to Dust Pollution 4-24 4.4 Noise Environment 4-24 4.4.1 Prediction of Impact on Noise Quality 4-25 4.4.2 Occupational Health Hazards of Noise Pollution 4-28 4.5 Water Environment 4-29 4.6 Land Environment 4-33 4.7 Biological Environment 4-36 4.8 Socio-economic Environment 4-41 Section Chapter Page. No 4.9 Prediction of Impact on Vehicular Traffic 4-43

5 Analysis of Alternatives 5.0 Introduction 5-1 5.1 Alternative Sites 5-1 5.2 Alternatives in Technology 5-1

6.0 Environmental Monitoring 6.1 Introduction 6-1 6.1.1 Objectives 6-1 6.1.2 Methodology 6-1 6.1.3 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring 6-2 6.1.4 Water Quality Monitoring 6-3 6.1.5 Noise Level Monitoring 6-7 6.1.6 Responsibility of Monitoring and Reporting System 6-8 6.2 Environmental Monitoring Budget 6-9

7.0 Additional Studies (Risk Assessment) 71 Introduction 7-1 7.2 Objectives and Scope 7-1 7.3 Mining Activity 7-1 7.4 Hazard Identification 7-1 7.5 Hazard Analysis 7-5 7.6 Disaster Management 7-6 7.6.1 Clearance 7-6 7.6.2 Construction of Services 7-6 7.6.3 Drilling 7-6 7.6.4 Blasting 7-7 7.6.5 Failure of Pit Slopes 7-7 7.6.6 Transportation 7-7 7.6.7 House Keeping 7-7 7.7 Disaster Management Plan 7-7 7.7.1 Objective of Disaster Management Plan 7-8 7.7.2 Communication System 7-8 7.7.3 Facilities 7-9 7.7.4 Personal 7-9 7.7.5 Operating Procedure 7-9

8.0 Project Benefits 8.0 Introduction 8-1

9.0 Project Benefits 9.0 Introduction 9-1 Section Chapter Page. No

10 Environment Management Plan 10.0 Introduction 10-1 10.1 Sources of Pollution and Control Measures 10-1 10.2 Air Pollution and its Control 10-1 10.3 Greening program 10-2 10.4 Occupational Health and Safety Measures to Control Dust Inhalation 10-2 10.5 Noise pollution and its control 10-3 10.6 Occupational Health and Safety Measures to Control Exposure to 10-3 Noise 10.7 Control of Ground Vibrations and Fly Rock Boulder 10-3 10.8 Water Quality Management 10-4 10.8.1 Water Resources Water Resources 10-4 10.8.2 Rain water Harvesting Plan 10-6 10.9 Soil Conservation Measures 10-6 10.10 Afforestation / Greenbelt Plan 10-7 10.11 Waste Management 10-8 10.12 Environmental Management System (EMS) 10-9 10.13 Environment Policy 10-9 10.14 Socio- Economic Development 10-11 10.15 Corporate Environmental Responsibility Action Plan 10-11 10.16 Environment Management Cell 10-12 10.17 Other Management Aspects 10-12 10.18 Occupational Health and Protective Measures 10-13 10.19 Cost proposed for Environmental Protection Measures 10-14 10.20 Environmental Management for the Cluster 10-15

11 Executive Summary

12 Disclosure of Consultants

IV ANNEXURES

Section Chapter Page. No List of Tables 1.1 Salient features of the mine lease location and study area 1-3 1.2 The Geo coordinates of the mine lease area 1-4 1.3 Required Approvals and Applicable statutes 1-9

2.1 Details of the Lease Area 2-2 2.2 Land use Pattern of the Mine Lease Area 2-2 2.3 Geological reserves 2-4 2.4 Year wise production 2-8 2.5 List of Machinery 2-10 2.6 Employment Potential 2-10 2.7 Water Requirement 2-11 2.8 Mine leases within 500m radius 2-14 2.9 Total Reserves, production and life of the mine in the cluster 2-16 2.10 Details of mining Area Utilized for Mining in the Cluster 2-17 2.11 Water Requirement in the cluster 2-18 2.12 Details of Transportation 2-19

3.1 Details of the mine lease location 3-1 3.2 Soil Analysis Data 3-13 3.3 Soil Test Results – Reference Tables 3-15 3.4 Surface water Analysis Data 3-17 3.5 Locations of groundwater sampling 3-18 3.6 Groundwater analysis data 3-21 3.7 Normal climatological table 3-24 3.8 Frequency Distribution of Wind Speed and Wind Direction 3-27 3.9 National Ambient Air Quality Standards 3-32 3.10 Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 3-33 3.11 Ambient Air Quality Data status 3-35 3.12 AQI Index Showing the Results of Ambient Air Quality 3-36 3.13 Effects on Human Beings at Different Noise Levels 3-39 3.14 Equivalent Noise levels in the Study Area 3-39 3.15 Population Distribution – Study Area 3-41 3.16 Literacy - Study Area 3-42 3.17 Employment - Study Area 3-43 3.18 Main Workers - Study Area 3-45 3.19 Land Utilization Pattern 3-47 3.20 List of Local vegetation 3-55 3.21 List of Fauna & Their Conservation Status Mammals 3-59 3.22 listed birds 3-60 3.23 List of Reptiles either spotted or reported from the study area 3-61 3.24 List of Amphibians either spotted or reported from the study area 3-62 Section Chapter Page. No

Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - 4.1 4-3 Construction Stage Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - 4.2 4-3 Regular Operation Stage Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - 4.3 4-4 Incidents and Accidents Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - 4.4 4-4 Decommissioning 4.5 Impacts on Air Environment 4-14 4.6 Impact significance - Air Environment 4-15 4.7 Salient Features of the ISCST3 Model 4-17 4.8 Predicted GLC’s at Monitoring Locations 4-20 Cumulative AAQ Concentration at various locations in the Impact 4-21 4.9 Area 4.10 Impacts on Noise Level 4-27 4.11 Impact Significance – Noise Level 4-27 4.12 Noise Exposure Levels and Its Effects 4-28 4.13 Impacts on Surface Water 4-30 4.14 Impacts on Ground Water 4-31 4.15 Impacts Significance - Surface Water 4-31 4.16 Impacts Significance - Ground Water 4-32 4.17 Impacts on Land Environment 4-34 4.18 Impact Significance – Land environment 4-35 4.19 Impacts on Flora 4-38 4.20 Impacts on Fauna 4-39 4.21 Impact Significance – Flora 4-40 4.22 Impact Significance – Fauna 4-40 4.23 Impacts on Socio Economic 4-42 4.24 Impact Significance – Socio Economic 4-43 4.25 Modified level of services for connecting roads due to cluster 4-44

6.1 National Ambient Air Quality standards 6-2 6.2 Indian Standard Drinking water specifications 6-4 6.3 Noise Level Standards 6-7 6.4 Environmental Monitoring Plan 6-8 6.5 Environmental Monitoring Budget 6-9 6.6 Environmental Monitoring Budget – Cluster 6-9

7.1 Details of Mine Lease Area 7-1 7.2 Trend of Accidents in Non-coal Mines - Cause Wise 7-5

Section Chapter Page. No 10.1 List of plants identified for greenbelt and restoration of mine pits 10-7 10.2 CER Plan and Budget 10.3 Frequency of Health Monitoring 10-12 10.4 Environment Management - Cost Estimate 10-14 10.5 Generic Environment Management Measures 10-14 10.6 Cluster EMP Cost estimation 10-16

List of Figures

1.1 Mine Lease area Location and study area map 1-7 1.2 Mine Lease area Boundary Map 1-8 1.3 Mine Lease area photographs 1-8

2.1 Surface, Geological plan 2-3 2.2 Geological Cross Sections 2-4 2.3 Conceptual Plan 2-6 2.4 Conceptual cross sections 2-6 2.5 Year wise Working Plan 2-9 2.6 working cross sections 2-9

3.1 Base map of the study area 3-4 3.2 Geological map of the study area 3-6 3.3 Hydrogeological Map of the study area 3-9 3.4 Land use and land cover of the study area 3-11 3.5 Soil Sampling Locations 3-12 3.6 Drainage pattern of the study area 3-19 3.7 Water Sampling Locations 3-20 3.8 Wind Rose Diagram of the study period at mine lease area 3-28 3.9 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 3-34 3.10 Noise Sampling Locations 3-36 3.11 Peak Hour Traffic 3-40 3.12 Population distribution of the Study Area 3-42 3.13 Literacy of Study Area 3-43 3.14 Employment of Study Area 3-44 3.15 Reserve forest vegetation photos 3-62

4.1 Conceptual site model of mining activity (Site Preparation) 4-5 4.2 Conceptual site model of mining activity (During Mining) 4-5 4.3 Impacts on Air Environment 4-5 4.4 Impacts on Water Environment 4-6 4.5 Noise Impact on Surrounding Environment 4-6 4.6 Impact of Solid Waste on Soil Quality 4-7 4.7 Socio- Economic Environment 4-7 4.8 PM10 Ground Level Concentrations 4-22 4.9 PM2.5 Ground Level Concentrations 4-23

10.1 Garland drainage 10-5 Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

CHAPTER 1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Introduction

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu obtained a mine lease to extract colour granite in an area of 8.46 ha using semi mechanized opencast mining at Sy. No. 359 (part), Ballikurava Village and Mandal, Prakasam District, Andhra Pradesh. Colour Granite is an igneous rock. It forms from the slow crystallization of magma below Earth's surface, and has been exposed to high temperatures and pressures. Granite is a very common intrusive igneous rock. Granite is composed mainly of quartz and feldspar with minor amounts of mica, amphiboles, and other minerals. This mineral composition usually gives granite a red, pink, gray, or white color with dark mineral grains visible throughout the rock. It is light-colored granulose plutonic rock composed of the mineral’s feldspar, quartz and biotite and muscovite mica. Granite also contains small amounts of dark brown, dark-green, or colour minerals, such as hornblende and biotite mica. Granite is very hard and dense. It can be readily cut into very large blocks and it takes an extremely high polish. Granite has been extensively used as a dimension stone and as flooring tiles in public and commercial buildings and monuments. Rough-cut and polished granite is used in buildings, bridges, paving, monuments and many other exterior projects. Indoors, polished granite slabs and tiles are used in countertops, tile floors, stair treads and many other practical and decorative features. Colour Granite are considered as minor mineral and is mainly used for monuments, Flooring, Pathos, granite kitchen worktops, gemstones and waste will be used for construction projects and formation of roads.

1.2 Purpose of the Report

1-1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

hon’ble NGT orders, New Delhi, mandate prior environmental clearance for all mining leases across the country. The notification and its amendments based on

NGT directions, classify mine lease areas of 5 - 25 ha as category B2 at par with B1, and stipulate a three-stage process of scoping, public consultation and appraisal by State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) to issue prior environmental clearance. Accordingly scoping for preparation of environmental impact assessment (EIA) was done by the state expert appraisal committee (SEAC), which issued terms of reference vide Letter No. SEIAA/AP/PKM/MIN/12 /2018/772-303, dt. 14.05.2019 for a production capacity of 85780.74 m3/annum (Colour granite - recovery @ 15% - 12867.11 m3/annum and waste @ 85% - 72913.63 m3/annum) in an area of 8.46 ha. The present study follows the prescribed TOR’s to prepare draft EIA/EMP report for public consultation, to facilitate informed view on the project by public/stakeholders.

1.3 Brief Background of the Project

In principle of application of quarry lease notice issued by Director of Mines and Geology, Ibrahimpatnam, Govt. of Andhra Pradesh, vide Notice no. 6992/R3- 2/2018, dt. 16.11.2018 for a period of 20 years. The Mining Plan was approved by the Joint and Deputy Director of Mines and Geology, Guntur, Government of Andhra Pradesh, Government of Andhra Pradesh, vide Letter No. 5203/MP/CG/OGL/2018, dt. 01.12.2018 for a production capacity of 85780.74 m3/annum (Colour granite - recovery @ 15% - 12867.11 m3/annum and waste @ 85% - 72913.63 m3/annum). The proposed project is envisaged with a capital cost of Rs. 70 Lakhs.

1.4 Mining Method

The mining will be opencast semi mechanized mining, drilling, wire Shaw cutting and without blasting. It involves drilling, excavating and loaded to trucks with the help of escalator and transported through trucks.

1.5 Mine Location

The salient features of the mine lease location and study are presented in Table 1.1.

1-2 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 1.1 Salient features of the mine lease location and study area

Particulars Details Name of the Project Production capacity of 85780.74 m3/annum (Colour granite - recovery @ 15% - 12867.11 m3/annum and waste @ 85% - 72913.63 m3/annum) in an area of Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Location of the Project Survey No. 359/P, Ballikurava Village, Ballikurava Mandal, Prakasam District, Andhra Pradesh State. New / Expansion / Modernization New project Capital Cost, 70 lakhs Land Use Pattern (Forest, Govt. land – 8.46 ha Agricultural, Grazing, Barren etc.) Latitudes (North) 16° 2'18.22" - 16° 2'34.96" Longitudes (East) 80° 0'15.99" - 80° 0'32.09" Survey of India sheet No 56 P16 Elevation above Mean Sea Level 73 - 313 m (AMSL), m Seismic zone Seismic Zone: III as per IS: 1893 (part -1): 2002 (RA:2016) and can be Moderate Damage Risk Zone Site surroundings North : Hillock East : Hillock West : Hillock South : Open Land Nearest Village Kondayapalem – 1.5 km – South direction Accessibility to site Road connecting – SE direction Road access Chennupalli to Mallayapalem road – 1.0 km - SE direction. Nearest Town Chilakaluripeta – 16.4 km – NE direction District Head quarters Ongole – 58 km – SE direction Nearest Railway station Santhamaguluru – 15.5 km – NW direction Nearest airport Gannavaram Airport – 100 km – NE direction Nearest Port Krishnapatnam Port – 193 km – S direction Major Industries (Within 10 km Nil within 10 km radius) Water Bodies in buffer area Pasumarti Major Canal - 1.0 km – North, Seasonal Nala Vagu - 4.8 km – South, Seasonal Boddula vagu - 4.9km – NE, Kopparam Major Canal - 5.1 km – NE, Kopparam major Canal - 5.1 km – NW, Tangedumalli Major Canal - 5.9 km – NE, Santhamaguluru Canal - 6.0 km – North, Seasonal Vogaru vagu - 6.6 km – NE, Nagarjuna Sagar Right Bank Canal - 7.0 km – SW. Reserve Forest Uppumaguluru RF - 2.9 km - NE

1-3 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Particulars Details Muktheswaram RF - 6.2 km - SW Nagarajupalli RF - 7.4 km - SE Kukutlapalli RF - 9.7 km - SW Inter-state boundary and Nil within 10 km international boundary Protected Areas notified under the Nil within 10 km Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 Eco-sensitive areas as notified Nil within 10 km under section 3 of the E (P) Act, 1986 Critically polluted areas as Nil within 10 km identified by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time,

This land is an elevated hill terrain and does not involve forest land except some shrubs. The Mine lease area location is presented in Figures 1.1. The Geo coordinates of the mine lease area are presented in Table 1.2. The mine lease area sketch is presented in Figure 1.2. The site photographs are presented in Figure 1.3. Table 1.2 The Geo coordinates of the mine lease area

latitude, N longitude, E 16° 2'18.22" 80° 0'28.51" 16° 2'22.30" 80° 0'32.09" 16° 2'34.96" 80° 0'20.36" 16° 2'32.69" 80° 0'15.99"

1.6 Environmental Impact Assessment

Drilling, wire saw cutting and without blasting, Excavation, loading and transportation of colour granite results in substantial dust and noise emissions apart from dust from haulage roads connected to approach road. The mining activity shall also have other detrimental environmental impacts necessitating mitigation measures. Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu is conscious of their responsibility towards the society in minimizing the pollution load due to this project and accordingly decided to carry out the Environmental Impact Assessment to identify the negative and positive impacts and to delineate effective measures to control the pollution and to mitigate the environmental pollution in addition to identify effective measures to address residual impacts. The mine lease area is part

1-4 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

of a cluster, vide letter. No. 4178/Q/2018, dt.08.02.2019, issued by AD Mines and Geology. The environmental impact assessment considered the cumulative impacts due to the cluster (including the mine lease areas of Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu, Raghavendra Granites, Andru Suresh Babu and Chitturi Kedarnath, Bharath Exports, Sri Eswar Granites, Amaravathi Mines, Kum. M. Raga Sindhuri, Sri S. Sarath Chandra, Sanjana Exports, Devi Impex and awaiting LOI for Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu, Raghavendra Granites) and accordingly environment management plan for each mine of the cluster is prepared in addition to the cluster EMP. Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu has appointed M/s. Team Labs and Consultants for the preparation of environmental impact assessment report.

The EIA report was prepared on the basis of TOR obtained from SEIAA, AP. The baseline data for preparation of this report was collected during February – April 2019.

The other studies such as socio-economic profile, land use pattern is based on secondary data collected from various Government agencies and validated through primary surveys. Field team of M/s. Team labs and Consultants worked in the study area during February – April 2019 and base line data for various environmental components i.e., air, water, soil, noise and flora and fauna and socio economic status of people was collected in a circular area of 10 km radius by taking the mine lease area as the center point to assess the existing environmental status as per the guidelines specified by MoEFCC, GOI. This report presents the results of environmental impact assessment study along with the environment management plan, necessary to contain observed environmental impacts of the project.

1.7 Scope of EIA Studies

Environmental impact assessment study involves three basic components; identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. The scope of EIA report is based on the TOR obtained from SEIAA - AP. Brief scope of EIA study is as follows;

1-5 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

 An intensive reconnaissance and preliminary collection of environmental information to plan field study.

 Field studies to collect preliminary information, particularly on the quality of the physical environment. Experienced scientists and engineers will collect the data.

 Base line data generation and characterization of air, water, soil, noise, vegetation and socio-economic status of the people in the 10-kilometer radius area (impact zone) over a period of three months.

 A thorough study of the mining activity including provisions for pollution control, and environmental management that includes prediction of impacts and relevant mathematical modeling.

 A study of cluster of Colour Granite mines in the vicinity considering the cumulative impacts due to mining, transportation, resource consumption and waste disposal by the lease holders.

 Preparation of Environment Management plan for the cluster and for the present mine suggesting suitable methods for mitigating and controlling the pollution levels.

 Environmental monitoring plan is suggested for monitoring the pollution loads due to mining activity in the ML area, cluster area and in the surrounding impact area to ensure compliance with the statutory requirements and to check adequacy of environment management measures adopted.

 The reporting format shall follow the generic structure mentioned in the SO.1533 dt. 14.9.2006 and its amendments.

1.8 Clearance requirement for the project

The statutory approvals required for this project and the applicability of various acts which consider environmental management are presented in Table 1.3.

1-6 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 1.1 Mine Lease area Location and study area map

1-7 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 1.2 Mine Lease Area Boundary Map

Figure 1.3 Mine lease area photographs

1-8 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 1.3 Required Approvals and Applicable statutes

Responsible Ministries or Legal Instrument (Type, Reference, Year) Applicability Remarks Bodies Water (Prevention and Control of Central Pollution Control Board Yes Consent to establish and to operate need to Pollution) Act, 1974 and amendments (CPCB), and Andhra Pradesh be obtained Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Pollution Control Board Yes Consent to establish and to operate need to Act, 1981 and amendments (APPCB). be obtained Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Yes Prescribed noise standards to be adopted Rule 2000 and amendments and followed Water (Prevention and Control of Yes Cess levy and returns to be submitted pollution) Cess Act, 1974 Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 and Government of Andhra Pradesh No Mine lease area does not consist of any amendments (GoAP) and Government of forest land area. India (GOI) Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 and National Board of Wildlife No No sanctuary, or national park located amendments (NBWL). within 10 km radius Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Archaeological Survey of India No No archaeological monument within 300 sites & Remains Act, 1958 and amendment m of the mine lease area boundary. Hazardous Wastes (Management and Central and State Pollution Yes Authorization for hazardous waste Handling) Rules, 1989 and amendments Control Board (CPCB/SPCB) storage, transport and disposal must be obtained. Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and Central government nodal Yes Prior environmental clearance vide SO amendments agency, MoEFCC can delegate 1533 dt. 14.9.2006 has to be obtained. The to state departments of project is categorized as B, as the ML area environment is less than 100 ha vide sr. no. 3 a of the schedule. Right to Fair Compensation and Central / State Government No No displacement of People and no Transparency in Land Acquisition, acquisition of land. ML area is Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 government land, leased out by Go AP. and amendments

1-9 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Responsible Ministries or Legal Instrument (Type, Reference, Year) Applicability Remarks Bodies Mineral Conservation and Development Controller of Mines or the Chief Yes Implementation of mine plan including Rules, 1988 as amended Controller of Mines environmental management must be assured. The Metalliferous Mines Regulations, 1961 Government of India (GOI), Yes Annual Return for the year ending on the DGMS 31st December. Andhra Pradesh Panchayat Extension to Govt of Andhra Pradesh No The ML area does not fall under notified Scheduled Areas Rules, 2011 scheduled area. Water, Land and Trees Act, 2002, GOAP Govt of Andhra Pradesh Yes Permission to be obtained for removing (WALTA, act 2002) trees and also for establishing/registering the bore well. The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 State Transport Authority Yes Pollution under control certification for all vehicles plying in and out of the mine lease area. The Public Liability Insurance Act 1991 Insurance Company Yes Insurance against liability to give relief in the event of injury or fatality and damage to property due to the proposed mining activity.

1-10 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

CHAPTER 2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.0 Introduction

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu proposes to conduct semi mechanized opencast method quarrying for colour granite in an area of 8.46 ha at Sy. No. 359 (part), Ballikurava village and mandal, Prakasam district, Andhra Pradesh. In principle of application of quarry lease notice issued by Director of Mines and Geology, Ibrahimpatnam, Govt. of Andhra Pradesh, vide Notice no. 6992/R3-2/2018, dt. 16.11.2018 for a period of 20 years. Terms of reference for preparing the EIA report as part of obtaining prior environmental clearance for a production capacity of 85780.74 m3/annum (Colour granite - recovery @ 15% - 12867.11 m3/annum and waste @ 85% - 72913.63 m3/annum) was obtained vide letter no. SEIAA/AP/PKM/MIN /12/2018/772-303, dt. 14.05.2019 from the Andhra Pradesh State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority. The Capital cost of the proposed activity of mining is Rs. 70 Lakhs. The Mining Plan was approved by the Joint and Deputy Director of Mines and Geology, Guntur, Government of Andhra Pradesh, vide Letter No. 5203/MP/CG/OGL/2018, dt. 01.12.2018. The proposed mine lease area is government land situated on highly elevated ground. The mine lease area forms part of a cluster (all mine leases within 500 m of the subject mine) with an area of 235.2053 ha. The details of mining activity in the cluster of mines (including Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu, Raghavendra Granites, Andru Suresh Babu and Chitturi Kedarnath, Bharath Exports, Sri Eswar Granites, Amaravathi Mines, Kum. M. Raga Sindhuri, Sri S. Sarath Chandra, Sanjana Exports, Devi Impex and awaiting LOI for Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu, Raghavendra Granites etc), production details and other concepts as envisaged in the approved mining plans are presented in the following pages. The report presents cumulative environmental impacts due to the mining cluster and the environmental management plan to address the same in addition to the impact assessment and environmental management for this project. The details of Mine Lease area (MLA) are presented in Table 2.1.

2-1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 2.1 Details of Mine Lease Area

Lease Ownership of Survey State and District Mandal Village Area, ha the lease area number

Andhra Pradesh 359 Ballikurava Ballikurava 8.46 Govt. Land and Prakasam (part)

2.1 Land use pattern of the mine lease area (Terms of reference No. 10)

Total land of the lease area is 8.46 ha consisting of active mining area, services, green belt and haulage road to be used during the plan period, with 0.535 ha of land area kept for future use. The details of land use are presented in Table 2.2.

Table 2.2 Land use pattern of the Mine Lease Area

S. No Purpose Extent, Ha 1 Area for quarrying 6.0 2 Waste dump area 1.8 3 Road 0.03 4 Infrastructure (Office, rest shelter) 0.02 5 Stock Yard 0.075 6 Green belt 0.075 7 Vacant 0.535 Total 8.46

2.2 Geology of the area

2.2.1 Topography The quarry lease applied area is located on a hillock with a maximum elevation of 316 m msl within the quarry lease applied area with topo relief 243 m. The lowest contour is 73 m and highest contour is 316 m msl.

2.2.2 Regional Geology This area constitutes southernmost part of eastern Ghats mobile belt (EGMB), where the belt is tapering to less than 20 km width. EGMB is trending in NNE-SSW in the area. In this area EGMB mainly represented by Western Zone. The succession of Eastern Ghats Super Group is as follows:

Intrusives Layered Anorthisites and associated Mafics and Chromiferrous Ultra Mafics Charnockite Group Charnockites with Mega Crystic K - Feldspar

2-2 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Charnockite Two Pyroxene Granulite/Amphibolites Khondalite Group Calc - Sillicate - Granulites Garnet - Silliminite - Quartz - Biotite -K-Feldspar - Graphite Gneiss (Khondalite) Quartzite - Garnet - Silliminite Granitoid Suite Granitoid with Mega Crystic K - Feldspar Undifferentiated (with Migmatitic Dia Tectite, Augen) Perferoblastic Granite and Gniesses. Garnet - Biotite Homophanus Granite / Gniess Leptynite, Local Charnockite Neosomes and Relics

2.2.3 Local Geology The Q.L area is located on hilly terrain contains charnockitic boulders. The Q.L area measured with an average length of 549 m and average width of 158 m area coinciding with ground level with less curved sheet of massive rock. The Colour Granite can be extracted from the rock available in the quarry lease applied area which is useful in civil construction purposes and artificial sand i.e., Manufacture Sand. The surface, geological plan and Geological cross sections are presented in Figure 2.1 and Figure 2.2.

Figure 2.1 Surface Geological plan

2-3 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 2.2 Geological Cross Sections 2.3 Reserves

Most of the applied area is covered by the sheet rock of granite and exposed on the top of the hill. Part of the applied area is covered by the soil and gravel on the slopes. The deposit is found to be irregular in shape. Hence cross-sectional method adopted for estimation of geological reserves. 2 Sections A-A1 to B-B1 were drawn at equal distance perpendicular to the trend direction of the formation to estimate the reserves. The cross sections were drawn perpendicular to the trend direction, the cross- sectional area of the individual sections is calculated to arrive at sectional area, the area thus arrived is multiplied by the sectional influence of 82 m (average) to arrive the volume of Colour Granite. The geological reserves and mineable reserves are given in the table below in Table 2.3.

Table 2.3 Geological Reserves

Section Area Influence Recovery Waste @ Sections Volume m³ m² Distance m @15% m3 85% m3 A-A1 55396.54 82 4542516.3 681377.4 3861138.8 B-B1 51980.80 84 4366387.2 654958.1 3711429.1

2-4 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Total 8908903.5 1336335.5 7572568.0 Reserves blocked under benches slopes Influence Section Volume Recovery Waste @ Category Section Distance Area m² m³ @15% m3 85% m3 m A-A’ 11576.33 82 949259.06 142388.86 806870.20 Proved B-B1 11361.36 84 954354.24 143153.14 811201.10 Total 1903613.3 285541.995 1618071.31 Reserves blocked under 7.5m buffer Influence Section Volume Recovery Waste @ Category Section Distance Area m² m³ @15% m3 85% m3 m A-A’ 1665.19 82 136545.6 20481.84 116063.74 Proved B-B1 1653.32 84 138878.88 20831.83 118047.05 Total 275424.46 41313.67 234110.79 Reserves Available for Mining Description Quantity m3 Total Reserves 1336335.5 Reserves blocked under buffer zone 285541.995 Reserves blocked under safety slopes 41313.67 Mineable Reserves 1009479.9 Annual Production 12867.11 Life of the Mine: Mineable Reserves/Annual Production 78.5 say 79 Years

2.4 Conceptual Mining Plan (Terms of Reference No. 34)

The mining operations will follow semi mechanized open cast method. The entire reserves estimated under proved except mineral blocked in 7.5 m buffer zone all along the lease boundary as per statutory requirement. Since it is a mechanized open cast mine the impact is less, the land degradation is limited to the extent of open cast benches and the area used for dumping of waste and used for mine roads. Conceptual plan is presented in Figure 2.3.

2-5 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 2.3 Conceptual Plan

Figure 2.4 Conceptual cross sections

2-6 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

2.5 Mining Technology

Drilling Drilling plays vital role in determining the size and shape of rough blocks ie., 2m x 2m cross section with a bench height of 6m. Drilling Pattern is important in developing a working face and also preparing the rough blocks suitable for their use in appropriate processing units. There are no important places in and around the area. Drill-Hole patterns for primary and secondary with Uniform single line equidistant holes (line drilling) will be deployed for separation of blocks from mother rock. In the case of sheet rock the primary drilling will be in the form of equidistant vertical holes to take out blocks of Gang Saw. Drilling Parameters i. Drill holes diameter: 32 mm up to 9 m Long ii. Depth and inclination of the holes: Generally drilled vertically in an alignment, however in primary cutting in the absence of sheet joints to develop bottom level horizontal holes also be drilled. iii. Spacing and Burden: 0.3 m X 1.6 m Explosive type: Not Applicable. The applicant proposes to use Expansive powder will be used for splitting the rocks.

2.6 Development and Production

1st Year In the first-year mining will be initiated from North corner towards south side and covering an area of 11635.41 m2 a bench of 6 m height will be formed and mining advances North corner towards southeast side. An area of 11635.41 m2 will be excavated producing 69812.467 m3 of Rock Mass. 15% (10471.87 m3) of Market Grade Rough Blocks and 85% (59340.60 m3) of Waste Rock will be generated. 2nd year: In the second-year mining will be initiated from North to south side the quarry lease area and covering an area of 13033.43 m2 a bench of 6 m height will be formed and mining advances NW to SE. An area of 13033.43 m2 will be excavated producing 78200.59 m3 of Rock Mass. 15% (11730.09 m3) of Market Grade Rough Blocks and 85% (66470.5 m3) of Waste Rock will be generated.

2-7 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

3rd year: In the third-year mining will be initiated from North to south side the quarry lease area and covering an area of 13346.8 m2 a bench of 6 m height will be formed and mining advances NW to SE. An area of 13346.8 m2 will be excavated producing 80080.794 m3 of Rock Mass. 15% (12012.12 m3) of Market Grade Rough Blocks and 85% (68068.67 m3) of Waste Rock will be generated. 4th year: In the fourth-year mining will be initiated from North to south side of the quarry lease area and covering an area of 13482.64 m2 a bench of 6m height will be formed and the mining advances NW to SE side. An area of 13482.64 m2 will be excavated producing 80895.86 m3 of Rock Mass. 15% (12134.38 m3) of Market Grade Rough Blocks and 85% (68761.48 m3) of Waste Rock will be generated. 5th year: In the fifth-year mining will be initiated from North to south side the quarry lease area and covering an area of 14296.79 m2 a bench of 6 m height will be formed and the mining advances NW to SE. An area of 14296.79 m2 will be excavated producing 85780.71 m3 of Rock Mass. 15% (12867.11 m3) of Market Grade Rough Blocks and 85% (72913.6 m3) of Waste Rock will be generated. The development for next 5 years is presented in Table 2.4. Working plan and sections of the plan period are presented in Figure 2.5 and 2.6.

Table 2.4 Year wise Production Sectional Bench Volume Production @100% m3 Year Area m2 Height (m) m3 Granite @15% Waste @85% 1st Year 11635.41 6 69812.46 10471.87 59340.59 2nd Year 13033.43 6 78200.58 11730.09 66470.49 3rd Year 13346.8 6 80080.80 12012.12 68068.68 4th Year 13482.64 6 80895.84 12134.38 68761.46 5th Year 14296.79 6 85780.74 12867.11 72913.63 Grand Total 394770.42 59215.56 335554.86

2-8 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 2.5 Year wise Working Plan

Figure 2.6 working cross sections

2-9 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

2.7 Machinery Requirement

The list of machinery required for mining operation is presented in Table 2.5.

Table 2.5 List of Machinery

S. No. Description Quantity No’s 1 Excavator (Hitachi) 300 2 2 Excavator (Hitachi) 400 1 3 Compressor 300 4 4 Jack Hammers 8 5 Tipper 6 6 Dewatering Pumps 4 7 Wire Saw Machine 1 8 Water Tanker 1 2.8 Employment Potential

The proposed method of mining is opencast semi mechanized. Workers are required for loading of waste material and general purpose only. The employment potential is presented in Table 2.6.

Table 2.6 Employment Potential

S. No Employee type Quantity 1 Mines Manager (Part Time) 1 2 Supervisors 1 3 Hitachi Operators 4 4 Compressor Operators 3 5 Semi-Skilled & Un-Skilled 25 6 Tipper Operators 6 7 Geologist 1 Total 41

2.9 Site Services (Terms of Reference No. 33)

The following site services i.e., an office cum store room, canteen, first aid room cum rest shelters, toilets and stock yard with temporary structures in the mine lease area are proposed. Temporary sheds with cement plastered brick walls and G.I. sheet or grass roofing are constructed for site services. The workers required shall be sourced from surrounding villages. Drinking water is obtained from Kondayapalem village through tankers to mining staff and workers. A tractor mounted tanker is proposed for sprinkling of water mainly on village roads to suppress the dust

2-10 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

generated due to vehicular movement. Fencing is also provided around the working pit to avoid accidental slippage of men and animals, while the worked-out pit is used as reservoir for storage of rain water. DG sets will be utilized during load shutdown by APTRANSCO and the emissions from the DG sets are released into atmosphere through 2 m height stack as prescribed by CPCB.

2.10 Fire Fighting Facilities

First aid Kit is proposed in the office Room, 24 hours Commander Jeep, 2 fire gas cylinders and 10 fire Buckets will be available in the site for use during emergency. primary health center is located at Chilakaluripeta which is at a distance of 16.4 km. Fire station and police station are located at Chilakaluripeta and are well connected by roads. The 108 Ambulance services provided by the local authorities may be utilized by lessee during medical emergency.

2.11 Water Requirement (Terms of Reference No. 24)

Water requirement for the mine is mainly for maintaining green belt, water for dust suppression on the haulage roads to mitigate dust emissions and for domestic purposes. The total water requirement is 10.5 KLD shall be drawn from Kondayapalem village/ storm water storage. The rainwater stored in the worked- out pit is used for sprinkling, wet drilling and greenbelt development. The water requirement is presented in Table 2.7.

Table 2.7 Water balance

S. No Water Usage Quantity, KLD 1 Wet drilling operation 3.8 2 Water sprinkling on haul rods 4.5 3 Domestic 1.8 4 Green Belt development 0.4 Total 10.5 2.12 Effluent generation and ground water

The generation of wastewater is from domestic source only; it is expected to be approximately 1.4 KLD, which is sent to septic tank followed by soak pit. The ground water is at 20 m near to foothill of the mine lease. The rain water accumulating at pit bottom in rainy seasons will be diverted to work out pit and

2-11 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

reused. A low head diesel pump unit will be deployed to dewatering the working mine.

2.13 Waste Generation and management (Terms of reference No. 11)

During the plan period operations, a total rock mass 394770.43 m3 will be excavated and 59215.56 m3 of granite blocks will be recoverable from this rock mass and remaining material of about 335554.87 m3 will go as waste. The waste material will be shapes of cobble stones, building stones and pavement stones. The maximum waste will be utilization of available natural mineral and adopt value to increase the market for the colour granite products in various kinds and shapes.

2.14 Reclamation and Rehabilitation

The mineral bearing area will be mined out up to ultimate depth by maintaining proposed bench height and width of 6 m and 6 m respectively. After completion of mining operations and even after backfilling the part of mined out area, the remaining ditch shall be converted in to a pond. The rainwater will be collected continuously in the worked-out area and percolate in to the ground. The top bench shall be afforested with local species and plants.

2.15 Details of Cluster Projects

The MoEFCC through its legislation has issued a notification No. SO 141(E), dt.15.1.2016 through which it issued cluster guidelines for the purpose of obtaining Prior Environmental Clearance for the Mines. As per that SO every mine shall obtain prior EC for its operations and also EC for the entire cluster in case it falls in the definition of cluster. Accordingly, the present cluster falls under purview of definition of cluster as per the SO. Hence the present EMP for the whole cluster is being prepared. As per the S. O. 2269 (E) notification dt. 01.07.2016 and as per ADMG Letter, following Mines is present within 500 m distance from the mine lease area. The details of Cluster projects (including the mine lease areas of Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu and others) are given in Table 2.8. The cluster details are obtained from AD mines vide letter no. 4178/Q/2018, dt.08.02.2019, and other mines total cluster spread in area of 235.2053 ha in Kopparapalem, Chennupalli, Ballikurava and Kopparam Villages in Santhamaguluru and Ballikurava Mandals, Prakasam district,

2-12 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

which is enclosed in the annexure. The letter obtained from AD mine provides the mine lease, name of the occupier, lease area and land use. Other details w.r.to reserves, water consumption, production capacity is extracted considering the information available in district survey report released by DMG, Go AP (District Survey Report – 2018) and MOEFCC online.

There is no information from the mines and geology department with respect to reserves, life of mine, status and whether the projects obtained environmental clearance. The total reserves, production and life of the mine in the cluster are presented in Table 2.9. Hence the reserves are assumed by extrapolating the reserves of the present project. The lease period and production quantities are obtained from district survey report.

Mining area utilized for mining in the cluster figures assessed based on assumption given in in Table 2.10.

The total water required for the cluster was 322.2 KLD, mainly for domestic usage, green belt development and dust suppression. Water Requirement in the cluster is presented in Table 2.11.

The total no of truck trips estimated in the cluster are 279. Details of transportation in the cluster are presented in Table 2.12.

2-13 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 2.8 Mine leases within 500m radius S. Extent, Grant/LOI Mine EC Status Name of the mine lease Location of the Mine Lease Area No ha Lease date 20.01.2018 EC Obtained Survey No. 282/P, Kopparapalem Village, Ballikurava 1 K. Sambasiva Rao 9.466 Granted 23.09.2017 Mandal, Prakasam District Satyavathi Minerals & Metals EC Obtained Survey No. 282/P, Kopparapalem Village, Ballikurava 2 9.248 29.05.2017 LOI Ltd 19.04.2018 Mandal, Prakasam District EC Obtained Survey No. 282/P, Kopparapalem Village, Ballikurava 3 Marvel Granites 8.18 15.05.2017 LOI 17.05.2018 Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 282/P, Kopparapalem Village, Ballikurava 4 Sri Raghavendra Enterprises 8.482 07.07.2017 LOI - Mandal, Prakasam District EC Obtained Survey No. 282/P, Kopparapalem Village, Ballikurava 5 Demeter Consultancy Ltd 8.875 01.12.2017 LOI 14.08.2018 Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 282/P, Kopparapalem Village, Ballikurava 6 Mahalakshmi Granites 4.953 01.12.2017 LOI ToR Obtained Mandal, Prakasam District 14.02.2018 EC Obtained Survey No. 1/P, Chennupalli Village, Ballikurava 7 Vijaya Sai Minerals 8.9 Granted 12.10.2017 Mandal, Prakasam District 07.08.2018 Survey No. 1/P, Chennupalli Village, Ballikurava 8 Sri T. Mallikarjuna Rao 4.0 EC Obtained Granted Mandal, Prakasam District 25.08.2018 EC Obtained Survey No. 359/P, Ballikurava Village and Mandal, 9 Sri K. Srinivasa Rao 9.926 Granted 19.04.2018 Prakasam District Survey No. 359, Ballikurava Village, Ballikurava 10 Janani Rocks 5.907 10.10.2018 LOI - Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 359, Ballikurava Village, Ballikurava 11 G Sarath Babu 6.079 10.10.2018 LOI - Mandal, Prakasam District Srinidhi Granite Polishing Survey No. 1075/P, Kopparam Village, 12 9.7 19.06.2017 Grant EC Issued Industry Santhamaguluru Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 1075/P, Kopparam Village, 13 Vejaya Sai Granites 6.9 16.05.2019 grant EC Issued Santhamaguluru Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 1075/P, Kopparam Village, 14 Vybhav Granites 6.79 16.05.2019 grant - Santhamaguluru Mandal, Prakasam District

2-14 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Tirumala Sai Chandana Survey No. 1075/P, Kopparam Village, 15 7.76 08.06.2018 LOI - Granites Santhamaguluru Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 1075/P, Kopparam Village, 16 V Nagendra Babu 8 20.06.2018 LOI - Santhamaguluru Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 1/P, Chennupalli Village, Ballikurava 17 Sri Ramagiri Minerals (P) Ltd 4.149 05.03.2018 LOI - Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 282(3.669 ha), Kopparapalem Village and Sri Maddineni 18 9.9083 Awaiting for LOI - Survey No.359(6.293 ha) Ballikurava Village & Veeranjaneyulu Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 282, Kopparapalem Village, Ballikurava 19 Sri Raghavendra Granites 18.0 Awaiting for LOI - Mandal, Prakasam District Sri Maddineni Survey No. 359/p, Ballikurava Village, Ballikurava 20 8.46 30.10.2018 LOI Obtained ToR Veeranjaneyulu Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 359/P, Ballikurava Village, Ballikurava 21 Sri A. Suresh Babu 7.53 30.10.2018 LOI Obtained ToR Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 359/P, Ballikurava Village, Ballikurava 22 Ch. Kedarnadh 7.513 30.10.2018 LOI Obtained ToR Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 359, Ballikurava Village, Ballikurava 23 Sri Raghavendra Granites 9.918 16.11.2018 LOI Obtained ToR Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 282/P, Kopparapalem Village, Ballikurava 24 Bharath Exports 6.736 15.05.2017 LOI Obtained ToR Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 282/P, Kopparapalem Village, Ballikurava 25 Sri Eswar Granites 7.646 28.06.2019 LOI Obtained ToR Mandal, Prakasam District Applied for Survey No. 282/P, Kopparapalem Village, Ballikurava 26 Amaravathi Mines 8.2 08.06.2018 LOI ToR Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 1/P, Chennupalli Village, Ballikaruva 27 Kum. M. Raga Sindhuri 3.256 24.11.2017 LOI Obtained ToR Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 1/P, Chennupalli Village, Ballikaruva 28 Sri S. Sarath Chandra 2.887 24.11.2017 LOI Obtained ToR Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 1/P, Chennupalli Village, Ballikurava 29 M/s. Sanjana Exports 6.396 12.06.2019 LOI Obtained ToR Mandal, Prakasam District Survey No. 1075/P, Kopparam Village, 30 Devi Impex 11.44 07.06.2019 LOI Obtained ToR Santhamaguluru Mandal, Prakasam District 2-15 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Total Cluster of mines area 235.2053

Table 2.9 Total Reserves, Production and Life of the Mine in the Cluster

Name Extent, ha Production per annum, m3 Reserves, m3 Life of Mine, Years K. Sambasiva Rao 9.466 66378 1559566 23 Satyavathi Minerals & Metals Ltd 9.248 9788 764152.6 78 Marvel Granites 8.18 89660 1460994.4 16 Sri Raghavendra Enterprises 8.482 78600 1325850 17 Demeter Consultancy Ltd 8.875 23986 1458700 61 Mahalakshmi Granites 4.953 12457.2 169915 14 Vijaya Sai Minerals 8.9 20052 2317897 116 Sri T. Mallikarjuna Rao 4.0 15780 257000 16 Sri K. Srinivasa Rao 9.926 12610.8 126050 10 Janani Rocks 5.907 2500 115500 46 G Sarath Babu 6.079 3540 125568 35 Srinidhi Granite Polishing Industry 9.7 8909 1403490 158 Vejaya Sai Granites 6.9 19468 1324992 68 Vybhav Granites 6.79 16204 1280327 79 Tirumala Sai Chandana Granites 7.76 17779 1316671 74 V Nagendra Babu 8 25000 1356700 54 Sri Ramagiri Minerals (P) Ltd 4.149 10500 187560 18 Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu 9.9083 45000 480500 11 Sri Raghavendra Granites 18 25600 386000 15 Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu 8.46 12867.11 1009479.9 78 Sri A. Suresh Babu 7.53 250000 6822540 27 Ch. Kedarnadh 7.513 250000 8948100 36 Sri Raghavendra Granites 9.918 35680 468710 13 2-16 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Bharath Exports 6.736 16200 949471.8 59 Sri Eswar Granites 7.646 109314 5245893 48 Amaravathi Mines 8.2 15000 245000 16 Kum. M. Raga Sindhuri 3.256 77550 1657439 21 Sri S. Sarath Chandra 2.887 67200 1510025 22 M/s. Sanjana Exports 6.396 89922 4537878 50 Devi Impex 11.44 80550 4501849 56

Table 2.10 Details of mining Area Utilized for Mining in the Cluster

3 Name of the mine lease Extent, ha Area to be excavated, ha Production/5 Year, m K. Sambasiva Rao 9.466 4.2 40272 Satyavathi Minerals & Metals Ltd 9.248 6.2 48940 Marvel Granites 8.18 3.0 448300 Sri Raghavendra Enterprises 8.482 4.2 393000 Demeter Consultancy Ltd 8.875 2.7 119930 Mahalakshmi Granites 4.953 2.8 62286 Vijaya Sai Minerals 8.9 6.0 100260 Sri T. Mallikarjuna Rao 4.0 1.8 78900 Sri K. Srinivasa Rao 9.926 3.8 63054 Janani Rocks 5.907 3.2 12500 G Sarath Babu 6.079 3.8 17700 Srinidhi Granite Polishing Industry 9.7 2.5 44548 Vejaya Sai Granites 6.9 2.0 97339 Vybhav Granites 6.79 2.3 81019 Tirumala Sai Chandana Granites 7.76 3.4 88893 V Nagendra Babu 8 3.6 125000 2-17 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Sri Ramagiri Minerals (P) Ltd 4.149 2.1 52500 Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu 9.9083 4.5 225000 Sri Raghavendra Granites 18 5.4 128000 Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu 8.46 6.0 59215.56 Sri A. Suresh Babu 7.53 3.0 100000 Ch. Kedarnadh 7.513 3.0 100000 Sri Raghavendra Granites 9.918 6.8 178400 Bharath Exports 6.736 3.2 72900 Sri Eswar Granites 7.646 3.2 99011 Amaravathi Mines 8.2 4.3 75000 Kum. M. Raga Sindhuri 3.256 1.1 68109 Sri S. Sarath Chandra 2.887 0.1 50929.2 M/s. Sanjana Exports 6.396 4.4 87979.2 Devi Impex 11.44 3.7 60943.2

Table 2.11 Water Requirement in the cluster

Name of the Mine Area, ha Water Requirement KLD Domestic Water KLD Waste Water KLD

K. Sambasiva Rao 9.466 9.0 1.5 1.1 Satyavathi Minerals & Metals Ltd 9.248 10.5 1.5 1.2 Marvel Granites 8.18 10.3 1.5 1.2 Sri Raghavendra Enterprises 8.482 10.5 1.8 1.4 Demeter Consultancy Ltd 8.875 10.5 1.8 1.5 Mahalakshmi Granites 4.953 10.2 1.7 1.3 Vijaya Sai Minerals 8.9 10.5 1.8 1.4

2-18 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Sri T. Mallikarjuna Rao 4 8.9 1.6 1.3 Sri K. Srinivasa Rao 9.926 10.8 2.0 1.6 Janani Rocks 5.907 10.5 1.8 1.4 G Sarath Babu 6.079 10.0 1.5 1.1 Srinidhi Granite Polishing Industry 9.7 10.4 1.5 1.2 Vejaya Sai Granites 6.9 10.2 1.2 0.8 Vybhav Granites 6.79 10.0 1.3 1.0 Tirumala Sai Chandana Granites 7.76 9.6 1.3 1.0 V Nagendra Babu 8 10.0 1.4 1.1 Sri Ramagiri Minerals (P) Ltd 4.149 8.6 1.2 0.9 Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu 9.9083 10.5 1.8 1.4 Sri Raghavendra Granites 18 10.5 1.8 1.4 Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu 8.46 10.5 1.8 1.4 Sri A. Suresh Babu 7.53 16.7 2.4 1.9 Ch. Kedarnadh 7.513 16.7 2.4 1.9 Sri Raghavendra Granites 9.918 10.5 1.8 1.4 Bharath Exports 6.736 11.7 1.8 1.5 Sri Eswar Granites 7.646 11.9 1.8 1.4 Amaravathi Mines 8.2 9.8 1.6 1.3 Kum. M. Raga Sindhuri 3.256 11.0 3.2 2.6 Sri S. Sarath Chandra 2.887 10.8 3.2 2.5 M/s. Sanjana Exports 6.396 10.9 1.8 1.4 Devi Impex 11.44 10.2 1.8 1.4

Table 2.12 Details of Transportation

Name of the Mine Area, ha Production / Year, m3 No. of Trips per day K. Sambasiva Rao 9.466 66378 12 Satyavathi Minerals & Metals Ltd 9.248 9788 2 Marvel Granites 8.18 89660 17

2-19 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Sri Raghavendra Enterprises 8.482 78600 15 Demeter Consultancy Ltd 8.875 23986 4 Mahalakshmi Granites 4.953 12457.2 2 Vijaya Sai Minerals 8.9 20052 4 Sri T. Mallikarjuna Rao 4.0 15780 3 Sri K. Srinivasa Rao 9.926 12610.8 2 Janani Rocks 5.907 2500 0 G Sarath Babu 6.079 3540 1 Srinidhi Granite Polishing Industry 9.7 8909 2 Vejaya Sai Granites 6.9 19468 4 Vybhav Granites 6.79 16204 3 Tirumala Sai Chandana Granites 7.76 17779 3 V Nagendra Babu 8 25000 5 Sri Ramagiri Minerals (P) Ltd 4.149 10500 2 Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu 9.9083 45000 8 Sri Raghavendra Granites 18 25600 5 Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu 8.46 12867.11 2 Sri A. Suresh Babu 7.53 250000 46 Ch. Kedarnadh 7.513 250000 46 Sri Raghavendra Granites 9.918 35680 7 Bharath Exports 6.736 16200 3 Sri Eswar Granites 7.646 109314 20 Amaravathi Mines 8.2 15000 3 Kum. M. Raga Sindhuri 3.256 77550 14 Sri S. Sarath Chandra 2.887 67200 12 M/s. Sanjana Exports 6.396 89922 17 Devi Impex 11.44 80550 15

2-20 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

CHAPTER 3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Introduction

Impact is defined as “The difference between what would happen with the action and what would happen witout it” by International Association of Impact Assessment. Hence establishing the current status as base line is an integral aspect of preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment Report. Baseline data reflects the present status of environment before the initiation of any activity of the proposed mining project. The possible effects due to proposed mining activity of the cluster are estimated and superimposed on the compiled baseline data subsequently to assess environmental impacts.

The study was conducted in the impact area; 10 km radius area surrounding the Mine Lease area (MLA) during February - April 2019. Studies were undertaken to generate baseline data of micrometeorology, ambient air quality (AAQ), water quality (ground and surfce water), noise levels, flora and fauna, land use and land cover, soil quality and socio-economic status of the community.

3.2 Land Environment

Land and soil constitute basic components of the physical environment. The miningactivitymay cause changes in land, land use, soil and denudation processes in different intensities contingent on spatial proximity of the activity and receptors. Land and soil may get intensely altered within the mine lease area, and to some extent within 2km radius and to a lesser extent upto 10 km radial distance due to development of the mining activity.

3.2.1 Physiography

The details of the mine lease location are presented in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1 Details of the mine lease location

Particulars Details Name of the Project (s) Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Location of the Project Survey No. 359/P, Ballikurava village and Mandal, Prakasam District, Andhra Pradesh State. New / Expansion / Modernization New project

3-1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Particulars Details Product Colour granite 85780.74 m3/annum (Recovery @15% - 12867.11 m3/annum and Waste @ 85% - 72913.63 m3/annum) Capital Cost, 70 lakhs Land Use Pattern (Forest, Govt. land – 8.46 ha Agricultural, Grazing, Barren etc.) Latitudes (North) 16° 2'18.22" - 16° 2'34.96" Longitudes (East) 80° 0'15.99" - 80° 0'32.09" Survey of India sheet No 56 P16 Elevation above Mean Sea Level 73 - 313 m (AMSL), m Seismic zone Seismic Zone: III as per IS: 1893 (part -1): 2002 and can be classified as Moderate Damage Risk Zone Site surroundings North : Hillock East : Hillock West : Hillock South : Open Land Nearest Village Kondayapalem – 1.5 km – South direction Accessibility to site Road connecting – SE direction Road access Chennupalli to Mallayapalem road – 1.0 km - SE direction. Nearest Town Chilakaluripeta – 16.4 km – NE direction District Head quarters Ongole – 58 km – SE direction Nearest Railway station Santhamaguluru – 15.5 km – NW direction Nearest airport Gannavaram Airport – 100 km – NE direction Nearest Port Krishnapatnam Port – 193 km – S direction Major Industries (Within 10 km Nil within 10 km radius) Water Bodies in buffer area Pasumarti Major Canal - 1.0 km – North, Seasonal Nala Vagu - 4.8 km - South, Seasonal Boddula vagu - 4.9km - NE, Kopparam Major Canal - 5.1 km – NE, Kopparam major Canal - 5.1 km – NW, Tangedumalli Major Canal - 5.9 km – NE, Santhamaguluru Canal - 6.0 km – North, Seasonal Vogaru vagu - 6.6 km - NE, Nagarjuna Sagar Right Bank Canal - 7.0 km - SW. Reserve Forest Uppumaguluru RF - 2.9 km - NE Muktheswaram RF - 6.2 km - SW Nagarajupalli RF - 7.4 km - SE Kukutlapalli RF - 9.7 km - SW Archaeological/ Historical/ Nil within 10 km Ancient Monuments Inter-state boundary and Nil within 10 km international boundary Protected Areas notified under the Nil within 10 km

3-2 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Particulars Details Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 Eco-sensitive areas as notified Nil within 10 km under section 3 of the E (P) Act, 1986 Critically polluted areas as Nil within 10 km identified by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time, The mine lease area is Ballikurava Village and Mandal, Prakasam District bearing non agriculture vacant land and doesnot involve forest land. The vegetation in the mine lease area consists mainly of few shrubs and cashew nut plants which grew naturally. The base map of the study area is presented in Figure 3.1.

3-3 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 3.1 Base Map of the study area

3-4 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

3.2.2 Geology

The quarry lease applied area constitutes southern most part of Eastern Ghats Mobile Belt (EGMB), where the belt is tapering to less than 20km width. EGMB is trending in NNE-SSW in the area. In this area EGMB maily represented by Western Zone. The succession of Eastren Ghats Super Group is as follows:

Layered Anorthosites and associated Mafics and Intrusives Chromiferrous Ultra Mafics Charnockites with Mega Crystic K- Feldspar Charnockite, Charnockite Group Pyroxene Granulite/Amphibolite Calc-Sillicate-Granulites Garnet-Silliminate-Quartz-Biotite-K-Feldspar Khondalite Group Graphite Gneiss (Khondalite) Quartzite-Garnet-Silliminite Granitoid with Mega Crystic K-Feldspar Undifferentiated Porphyroblastic Granite and Gniesses Granitiod Suite Garnet-Biotite Homophanus Granite/Gniess Leptinite, Local Charnockite Neosomes and Relics.

The quarry lease applied area is located on hilly terrain contains Charnockite boulders. The quarry lease applied area measured with an average length of 549m and average width of 158m area coinciding with ground level with less curved sheet of massive rock. The massive sheet formed by single litho unit basically Charnockite that is particularly coarse grained and Porphyritic in Nature Weathering is seen in on surface massive sheet rock. Large phenocrysts of K -Feldspar ranging in size from 2 to 25 mm bladed in background mass of pyroxene aesthetic beauty to the rock on polishing. Three sets of joints are recorded in the formation N-W; S-E, Vertical to sub- vertical joints E- W Vertical to sub vertical North South vertical trending. Horizontal / Sheet Joints.

3-5 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 3.2 Geological map of the study area

3-6 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

3.2.3 Hydrogeology

The study area is underlain by diverse type of rock types belonging to Archaean to recent age. The aquifer system in the study area comprises 2 groups (1) Crystalline aquifer system (2) Cuddapah aquifer system In general ground water occurs in all the formations of the area. Ground water occurs under phreatic conditions in the weathered, fractured crystalline rocks at shallow depths and under semi confined to confined conditions in the deeper fractured crystalline rocks. The crystalline aquifer, granite-gneiss, system occupy major parts of the study area. The crystalline aquifer system lacks primary porosity and the occurrence, movement of ground water in these rock types depend on the thickness of weathered zone available and degree of fracturing/jointing. The thickness of weathered zone varies from 3.0 to 15.0m. The depth of the dug wells ranges from 6.0 to 16.0 m bgl with yields of the wells varying from 50 to 100 m3/day and sustain intermittent pumping for 3 to 6 hours a day. The results of the recent exploratory drilling in this formation by CGWB to depths of 150 m showed that in granite gneiss the discharge varies from 113.18 m3/day to 604.8 m3/day with the transmissivity varying from 2.0 to 69 m2/day. In the Hornblende – Biotite – Gneiss the discharge is 14.0 to 155.52 m/day and the transmissivity is 12.66 to 150 m2/day. yield varies from 38 m3/day to 158.97 m3/day with transmissivity values from 1.5 to 12.66 m2/day in Charnockite formations. In schistose formations the discharges varied from 63.07 m3/day to 242 m3/day with transmissivity of the aquifer varying from 1.06 m2/day to 40 m2/day. The Cuddapah aquifer system consists of quartzites, shales and limestones. The occurrence and movement of ground water in these rocks depending on the extent of weathering, degree of compaction, fracturing and occurring of bedding planes and presence of solution channels in the limestones. The dug wells range in depths between 8.0 to 15.0 m bgl. and the yields range from 20 to 120 m3/day. Ground Water exploration down to 150 m depth, yield in this formation vary 172.80 m3/day to 587.52 m3/day with transmissivity of the aquifer varying from 6.87 m2/day to 158.22 m2/day. In shale formation the discharge varied from 164.20 m3/day to 316.26

3-7 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report m3/day and the transmissivity values varying from 6.59 m2/day to 22.8 m2. The site area exist dendritic drainage pattern and any second order streams are not existing nearby site location. Nagarjuna Sagar Right Bank Canal drains cover in the study area. Hydrogeological map of the study area is presented in Figure 3.3.

3-8 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 3.3 Hydrogeological Map of the study area

3-9 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

3.2.4 Soils (Terms of Reference No. 22)

Soil may be defined as a thin layer of earth’s crust that serves as a natural medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic and environmental factors such as parent materials, climate, organisms and physico-chemical action of wind, water and sunlight, all acting over a period of time. Soil differs from the parent materials in the morphological, physical, chemical and biological properties. Also, soil differs among them in some or all the genetic or environmental factors, therefore, some soils are yellow, some are black, some are coarse textured. They serve as a reservoir of nutrients for plants and crop and also provide mechanical anchorage and favorable tilth.

The soil characteristics include both physical and chemical parameters. M/s. Team Labs and Consultants field team carried out soil survey to assess the soil characteristics of the study area. The land use and land cover map of the study areaispresnted in Figure 3.4. (Terms of Reference No .04, 05 &10) It may be noted that the land use land cover map reflects predominantly forest, agriculture followed by barren lands. The impact area also has a significant percentage of agriculture nature of the impact area, and also its dependence on tank for irrigation. Representative soil sampling was done at various locations and these locations are shown in Figure 3.5. Analytical data of soil samples is presented in Table 3.2.

3-10 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 3.4 Land Use Land Cover Map of the Study Area

3-11 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 3.5 Soil Sampling Locations

3-12 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 3.2 Soil Analysis Data Parameter Unit S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 S-8 pH - 6.66 7.53 6.82 7.43 7.56 7.21 7.44 7.54 Electrical Conductivity dS/m 186 494 321 614 801 720 457 479 Bulk Density g/cc 1.18 1.18 1.11 1.18 1.05 1.05 1.11 1.18 Cation-Exchange Cmol Capacity (+)/kg 17.35 18.81 21.65 22.24 23.48 23.48 18.25 17.29 Infiltration rate mm/hour 13 16 11 12 11 11 10 16 Porosity % 56 56 58 56 60 60 58 56 Water Holding Capacity % 3.63 1.20 2.65 0.90 1.26 1.29 1.39 1.59 Moisture % 3.77 1.21 2.70 0.90 1.27 1.31 1.41 1.62 Organic Matter % 0.73 0.27 2.45 3.27 4.13 3.98 3.87 1.80 Carbonates % Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Sand % 48 50 45 43 41 42 42 50 Silt % 23 23 22 22 26 25 29 23 Clay % 29 27 33 35 33 33 29 27 Organic Carbon % 0.43 0.15 1.40 1.89 2.40 2.30 2.24 1.04 Nitrogen (as N) % 0.006 0.013 0.014 0.019 0.014 0.024 0.023 0.011 Carbon , Nitrogen Ration - 71.7 11.7 100.0 99.7 176.3 95.8 97.5 98.2 Phosphorus (as P) % 0.092 0.05 0.104 0.048 0.184 0.192 0.074 0.046 Potassium (as K) mg/kg 565 508 462 385 326 370 366 342 Sodium (as Na) mg/kg 3120 3180 3656 3560 3560 3426 3240 2700 Calcium (as Ca) mg/kg 240 420 482 650 790 782 520 470 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/kg 134 188 259 304 389 375 73 280 Calcium, Magnesium ratio - 1.80 2.23 1.86 2.14 2.03 2.09 7.13 1.68 Sodium Absorption Ratio - 40.06 32.41 33.41 28.91 25.92 25.22 35.28 24.38 Chlorides (as Cl) mg/kg 3687 2287 3119 1737 2943 2789 1330 2712 Sulphates (as SO4) mg/kg 85 60 72 73 78 79 25 80

3-13 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Parameter Unit S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 S-8 Aluminium (as Al) mg/kg <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 Arsenic (as As) mg/kg <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 Boron (as B) mg/kg <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/kg <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 Chromium (as Cr) mg/kg 38 57 40 58 78 42 58 59 Copper (as Cu) mg/kg 16 21 17 21 24 27 26 21 Iron (as Fe) mg/kg 636 602 623 607 616 610 609 628 Lead (as Pb) mg/kg <10 <10 13 <10 16 <11 <10 <10 Manganese (as Mn) mg/kg 204 358 534 574 496 562 366 311 Mercury (as Hg) mg/kg <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 Nickel (as Ni) mg/kg 18 37 34 38 44 39 45 30 Selenium (as Se) mg/kg <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 Silver (as Ag) mg/kg <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 Zinc (as Zn) mg/kg 19 29 27 26 24 24 21 29 Sandy Clay Sandy Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Sandy Clay Texture - loam loam loam loam loam loam loam loam S1-Near Mine Lease Area, S2-Chenupalli, S3-Mallayapalem, S4-Kopparapalem, S5-Sommavarapaddu, S6-Sajjapuram, S7-Kommalapadu and S8-Ballikurava.

3-14 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

The test results of soil samples collected in the impact area are interpreted referring to the book; “Interpreting soil test results”. The reference tables are presented in Table 3.3. The pH of soil samples ranges from Neutral to Mildily alkaline. The cation exchange capacity of the soils is Moderate. The level of nitrogen of the all samples is very low. The calcium magnesium ratio of the samples reflects Ca low in 7 samples. Bulk density of soil of impact varies from 1.05-1.11g/cc among clay loam soils (5 samples), 1.18 g/cc among sandy clay loam soils (3 samples). The porosity values range from 56-60 % among clay loamy (5 samples), 56% among sandy clay loam soils (3 samples). Soil texture is predominantly clay loam. Table 3.3 Soil Test Results – Reference Tables General interpretation of pH Measured Rating for Cation Exchange Capacity pH Range Classification CEC (Cmol)+)/kg <4.5 Extremely Acidic Very low <6 * 4.51 -5.0 Very Strong Acidic Low 6-12 5.1-5.5 Strong Acid Moderate 12-25 5.6- 6.0 Moderately Acid High 25-40 6.1-6.5 Slightly acid Very High >40 6.6-7.3 Neutral Source: Metson (1961) 7.4-7.8 Mildily Alkaline * Soils with CEC less than three are 7.9 -8.4 Moderately Alkaline often low in fertility and susceptible to 8.5-9.0 Strongly Alkaline soil acidification. >9.0 Very Strongly Alkaline Source: Bruce and Rayment (1982). Ca/mg Ratio Base Saturation as a Criterion of Leaching Description Range (%BS) Rating <1 Ca Deficient 70-100 Very Weakly Leached 1-4 Ca (Low) 50-70 Weakly Leached 4-6 Balanced 30-50 Moderately Leached 6-10 Mg (Low) 15-30 Strongly Leached >10 Mg deficient 0-15 Very Strongly Leached Source: Eckert (1987) Source: Metson (1961) Rating of Total Nitrogen Extractable Potassium (K) Rating (% by W) Description K <0.05 Very low low <150 ppm* (< 0.4 meq/100 g soil) 0.05-0.15 Low medium 150–250 ppm (0.4–0.6 meq/100 g soil) 0.15-0.25 Modium high 250–800 ppm (0.6–2.0 meq/100 g soil) 0.25-0.50 High excessive >800 ppm (>2.0 meq/100 g soil) >0.5 Very High Source: Abbott (1989) Source: Bruce and Rayment (1982)

3-15 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

3.3 Water Environment

Industrial development of any region is contingent on the availability of sufficient water resources, as most of the process industries require water for process or cooling purposes. The potential for exploitation of ground water resources increases as development of new projects increases in industrial and agricultural areas. With the increasing industrialization and urbanization, the possibilities of contamination of surface water and ground water sources are rapidly increasing. The water resources in the impact area broadly fall into following categories; surface water sources mainly consisting of tanks and ponds and ground water sources of tube wells, dug wells and dug/bore wells which abstract accumulated water in the aquifers in the deeper strata of ground.

3.3.1 Surface Water Resources

Seasonal Nala Vagu is flowing from SE to NE direction at a distance of 4.8 km in south direction from the mine lease area. Boddula vagu at a distance of 4.9 km in northeast direction from the mine lease boundary. Pasumarti Major Canal at a distance of 1.0 km in North, Kopparam Major Canal at a distance of 5.1 km in NE, Kopparam major Canal at a distance of 5.1 km in NW, Tangedumalli Major Canal at a distance of 5.9 km in NE, Santhamaguluru Canal at a distance of 6.0 km in North, Seasonal Vogaru vagu at a distance of 6.6 km in NE, and Nagarjuna Sagar right Bank Canal at a distance of 7.0 km in SW.

3.3.1.1 Surface Water Quality (Terms of Reference No. 27)

In order to have an idea of quality of water flowing in the region, representative water samples were collected and analysed according to IS 2296:1986. The analytical results of water samples drawn from various locations in the study area during monitoring are presented in Table 3.4. The sampling locations of both ground and surface water are presented in Figure 3.7.

3-16 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 3.4 Surface water Analysis Data

IS Parameters SW-1 SW-2 Units Method of Analysis 2296:1982 Temperature 27 25 oC IS:3025 part 09:1984 (RA:2017) NS Colour 1 1 Hazen IS:3025 part 04:1983 (RA:2017) 300 Turbidity 0.6 0.9 NTU IS:3025 part 10:1984 (RA:2017) NS pH 8.33 8.04 - IS:3025 part 11:1983 (RA:2017) 6.5-8.5 Total Solids 791 648 mg/l IS:3025 part 15:1984 (RA:2014) NS Total Dissolved Solids 784 642 mg/l IS:3025 part 16:1984 (RA:2017) 1500 Total Suspended Solids 7.0 6.0 mg/l IS:3025 part 17:1984 (RA:2017) NS

Total Hardness (as CaCO3) 270 280 mg/l IS:3025 part 21:2009 (RA:2014) NS Calcium (as Ca) 34 76 mg/l IS:3025 part 40:1986 (RA:2014) NS Magnesium (as Mg) 45 22 mg/l IS:3025 part 46:1994 (RA:2014) NS Sodium (as Na) 116 54 mg/l IS:3025 part 45:1993 (RA:2014) NS Potassium (as K) 25 17 mg/l IS:3025 part 45:1993 (RA:2014) NS

Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) 300 250 mg/l IS:3025 part 23:1986 (RA:2014) NS Chloride (as Cl) 301 215 mg/l IS:3025 part 32:1988 (RA:2014) 600 Sulphates (as SO4) 86 80 mg/l IS:3025 part 24:1986 (RA:2014) 400

Nitrate Nitrogen (as NO3) 4.7 4.4 mg/l IS:3025 Part 34:1988 (RA:2014) 50

Silica (as SiO2) 10 10 mg/l IS:3025 part 35:1988 (RA:2014) NS Fluoride (as F) 0.56 0.52 mg/l IS:3025 part 60:2008 (RA:2013) 1.5 Residual, Free Chlorine <0.2 <0.2 mg/l IS:3025 part 26:1986 (RA:2014) NS Mineral Oil Nil Nil mg/l IS:3025 part 39:1991 (RA:2014) NS Cyanide (as CN) <0.02 <0.02 mg/l IS:3025 part 27:1986 (RA:2014) 0.05 Aluminium (as Al) <0.5 <0.5 mg/l APHA:2012-3500 Al NS Arsenic (as As) <0.001 <0.001 mg/l IS:3025 part 37:1988 (RA 2014) 0.2 Boron (as B) <0.1 <0.1 mg/l APHA:2012- 4500 B NS Cadmium (as Cd) <0.01 <0.01 mg/l IS:3025 part 41:1992 (RA:2014) 0.01 Total Chromium (as Cr) <0.01 <0.01 mg/l IS:3025 part 52:2003 (RA:2014) 0.05 Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr6+) <0.05 <0.05 mg/l IS:3025 part 52:2003 (RA:2014) 0.05 Copper (as Cu) <0.01 <0.01 mg/l IS:3025 part 42:1992 (RA:2014) 1.5 Iron (as Fe) 1.30 1.60 mg/l IS:3025 part 53:2003 (RA:2014) 50 Lead (as Pb) <0.01 <0.01 mg/l IS:3025 part 47:1994 (RA:2014) 0.1 Manganese (as Mn) 0.08 0.08 mg/l APHA:2012-3500 Mn NS Mercury (as Hg) <0.01 <0.01 mg/l IS:3025 part 48:1994 (RA:2014) NS Nickel (as Ni) <0.01 <0.01 mg/l IS:3025 part 54:2003 (RA:2014) NS Selenium (as Se) <0.001 <0.001 mg/l IS:3025 part 56:2003 (RA:2014) 0.05 Zinc (as Zn) <0.01 0.35 mg/l IS:3025 part 49:1994 (RA:2014) 15 Oil and Grease <0.1 <0.1 mg/l IS:3025 part 39:1991 (RA:2014) 0.1 Dissolved Oxygen 5.9 5.7 mg/l Is:3025 Part 38:1989 (RA:2014) 4 Chemical Oxygen Demand 24 21 mg/l IS:3025 Part 58:2006 (RA:2017) NS BOD 3 days at 27±10C 3 2.7 mg/l IS:3025 Part 44:1993 (RA:2014) 3 MPN /100 Total Coliforms 698 729 5000 ml APHA9221A& 922B:2012 SW1- Ballikuruva, SW2- Chennupalli * All units are expressed in mg/l except for pH and other paramters where units are mentioned.

3-17 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

3.3.1.2. Ground Water Resources Ground water is the accumulation of water below the ground surface, caused by rainfall and its subsequent percolation through pores and crevices. Percolated water accumulates till it reaches an impervious stratum consisting of confined clay confined clay or confined rocks. Occurrence of ground water is controlled by landform, structure and lithology. Ground water abstraction is by means of dug wells, dug cum driven wells, and bore wells. Every village has a number of traditional wells large and small. The state authorities have also provided tube wells fitted with hand pump for the drinking water requirement of villages in the study area. Presently the drinking water needs are mostly met from the ground water resources.

3.3.1.3 Quality of Ground Water The representative samples are collected from various dug wells and bore wells in the study area. There area has few bore wells in the vinicity of mine lease area. The ground water in the vinicity may be shallow open wells or handpumps with depth of 2 – 3 m. and quality of shallow well is soft. Unlike saline or hard water in the bore wells, where water drawn from below 10 m. The list of samplesloations is presented inTable 3.5. The analytical results of water samples drawn from various locations in the study area are presented in Table 3.6. The map showing the locations of sample collection is presented in Figure 3.7. It may be observed that the analytical results are above the prescribed standads for total hardness and total suspended solids in some samples.

Table 3.5 Locations of groundwater sampling Direction Distance from S. No Location Name form ML area ML Area (Km) GW-01. Near Mine Lease Area - - GW-02. Chenupalli S 2.3 GW-03. Mallayapalem NE 1.4 GW-04. Kopparapalem NE 1.3 GW-05. Sommavarapaddu NE 2.3 GW-06. Sajjapuram NW 2.3 GW-07. Kommalapadu SW 5.5 GW-08. Ballikurava SE 4.7

3-18 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 3.6 Drainage pattern of the study area

3-19 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 3.7 Water Sampling Locations (Ground and Surface water)

3-20 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 3.6 Groundwater Analysis Data IS Parameters GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 GW-8 Units Method of Analysis 10500:2012 Standard

o Temperature 25 27 26 27 26 25 26 29 C IS:3025 part 09:1984 (RA:2017) - Colour 6 1 1 1 1 1 7 1 Hazen IS:3025 part 04:1983 (RA:2017) 5

Turbidity 0.4 0.7 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.3 0.2 0.3 NTU IS:3025 part 10:1984 (RA:2017) 1 pH 7.85 7.69 7.45 7.33 7.75 7.66 7.22 7.73 - IS:3025 part 11:1983 (RA:2017) 6.5-8.5

Total Solids 682 953 683 967 874 985 966 467 mg/l IS:3025 part 15:1984 (RA:2014) NS

Total Dissolved Solids 672 942 672 954 864 975 953 461 mg/l IS:3025 part 16:1984 (RA:2017) 500 Total Suspended Solids 10 11.0 11 13 10 10.0 13 6.0 mg/l IS:3025 part 17:1984 (RA:2017) NS

Total Hardness (as CaCO3) 340 571 430 475 350 420 650 140 mg/l IS:3025 part 21:2009 (RA:2014) 200 Calcium (as Ca) 78 36 60 84 46 68 110 20 mg/l IS:3025 part 40:1986 (RA:2014) 75

Magnesium (as Mg) 35 117 68 64 57 61 91 22 mg/l IS:3025 part 46:1994 (RA:2014) 30 Sodium (as Na) 64 40 48 129 125 144 178 98 mg/l IS:3025 part 45:1993 (RA:2014) NS Sodium Absorption Ratio 1.5 0.7 1.0 2.6 2.9 3.1 3.0 3.6 - - - Potassium (as K) 1.00 9.4 5.0 34 21 2.2 1.00 10 mg/l NS IS:3025 part 45:1993 (RA:2014)

Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) 175 415 325 275 235 260 365 90 mg/l IS:3025 part 23:1986 (RA:2014) 200

Chloride (as Cl) 145 98 110 250 158 174 345 99 mg/l IS:3025 part 32:1988 (RA:2014) 250

Sulphate (as SO4) 85 65 48 95 136 175 92 124 mg/l IS:3025 part 24:1986 (RA:2014) 200

Nitrate Nitrogen (as NO3) 41 38 12 42 12 14 43 1.9 mg/l IS:3025 Part 34:1988 (RA:2014) 45

Silica (as SiO2) 23 21 5 9.5 16 10 15.3 5.8 mg/l IS:3025 part 35:1988 (RA:2014) NS Fluoride (as F) 0.42 0.33 0.49 0.31 0.34 0.24 0.37 0.26 mg/l IS:3025 part 60:2008 (RA:2013) 1.0 Residual, Free Chlorine <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 mg/l IS:3025 part 26:1986 (RA:2014) 0.20

Aluminium (as Al) <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 mg/l APHA:2012-3500 Al 0.03 Arsenic (as As) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 mg/l IS:3025 part 37:1988 (RA 2014) 0.01

Boron (as B) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 mg/l APHA:2012- 4500 B 0.50 Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr6+) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 mg/l IS:3025 part 52:2003 (RA:2014) 0.05

3-21 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

IS Parameters GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 GW-8 Units Method of Analysis 10500:2012 Standard Copper (as Cu) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/l IS:3025 part 42:1992 (RA:2014) 0.05 Iron (as Fe) 0.24 0.14 0.21 0.19 0.29 0.13 0.27 0.18 mg/l IS:3025 part 53:2003 (RA:2014) 0.30 Lead (as Pb) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/l IS:3025 part 47:1994 (RA:2014) 0.01 Manganese (as Mn) 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.09 0.08 mg/l APHA:2012-3500 Mn 0.10 Mercury (as Hg) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/l IS:3025 part 48:1994 (RA:2014) 0.001 Nickel (as Ni) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/l IS:3025 part 54:2003 (RA:2014) 0.02 Selenium (as Se) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 mg/l IS:3025 part 56:2003 0.01 Zinc (as Zn) <0.01 1.3 <0.01 0.85 0.01 1.7 <0.01 0.05 mg/l IS:3025 part 49:1994 (RA:2014) 5.0 GW1-Near Mine Lease Area, GW2-Chenupalli, GW3-Mallayapalem, GW4-Kopparapalem, GW5-Sommavarapaddu, GW6-Sajjapuram, GW7-Kommalapadu and GW8-Ballikurava.

3-22 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

3.4 Air Environment

3.4.1 Meteorology

Micro meteorological studies are simultaneously conducted with air quality monitoring. Meteorology plays a vital role in effecting the dispersion of pollutants, once discharged into the atmosphere, their transport, dispersion and diffusion into the environment. The meteorological data is very useful for interpretation of the baseline information and for model study of air quality impacts also. Since meteorological data show wide fluctuations with time, meaningful interpretation can only be drawn from long term and reliable data. Such source of data is the India Meteorological Department (IMD), which maintains a network of meteorological stations at several important locations. The nearest IMD station is located at Ongole. The data recorded for IMD station at Ongole is summarized and the salient features of the summarized data are as follows in the Table 3.7.

3-23 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

3-24 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 3.7 Normal Climatological Table

3-25 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

3.4.2 Meteorological Station at Mine Lease area

The micro meteorological data at the ML area is collected simultaneously with ambient air quality monitoring. The station was installed at height of 10 meters above the ground level and the same is located in such a way that there are no obstructions facilitating free flow of wind. Wind speed, wind direction, humidity, temperature and rainfall are recorded on hourly basis. Salient features of micro meteorological data collected during study periodare as follows:

1. Wind Direction and Speed:

The hourly wind speed and wind direction observations are computed for the study period and the same are presented in Table 3.8 and the wind rose diagrams are presented in Figure 3.8. The following observations can be made from the collected data;

 There is 0.09 % of Calm period is observed during the time of monitoring.

 The predominant wind direction is southeast.

 Other than predominant wind directions of wind from SSE and S.

 Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of >15 kmph and 10 - 15 kmph.

The maximum and minimum temperature and relative humidity and total rainfall are summarized as below. The salient features are discussed in brief as follows

2) Temperature (in0C)

(a) Maximum: 43.80C (b) Minimum: 18.10C (b) Mean: 43.230C

3) Humidity (in %)

The daily relative humidity values are observed to range between 35 to 80%. The mean value of humidity is 52 %.

4) Rainfall (in mm)

(a) Maximum: 1.2mm (b) Minimum: 0 mm (c) Mean: 3.0 mm

3-26 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 3.8 Frequency Distribution Wind Direction and Wind Speed

Wind Speed in KMPH Direction Calm 1-5 5-10 10-15 >15 TOTAL N 0.80 1.59 2.90 5.29 NNE 0.09 0.19 0.28 NE 0.28 0.14 0.42 ENE 0.47 1.08 0.75 2.29 E 0.05 0.42 1.36 4.07 5.90 ESE 0.23 1.50 3.84 5.01 10.58 SE 0.80 7.12 6.09 11.80 25.80 SSE 0.56 4.26 5.66 7.72 18.21 S 0.47 3.75 4.17 6.79 15.17 SSW 0.28 2.53 1.97 5.29 10.07 SW 0.05 0.23 0.47 2.34 3.09 WSW 0.47 0.19 0.33 0.98 W 0.09 0.05 0.19 0.33 0.66 WNW 0.05 0.33 0.19 0.56 NW 0.05 0.05 0.09 0.33 0.52 NNW 0.09 0.09 Calm 0.09 0.09 Total 0.09 2.62 22.05 27.25 47.99 100.00 (Data Period: February - April 2019)

3-27 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

WIND ROSE PLOT: DISPLAY: Wind Speed Direction (blowing from)

NORTH

26.3%

21%

15.8%

10.5%

5.26%

WEST EAST

WIND SPEED (m/s)

>= 4.20 2.80 - 4.20 SOUTH 1.40 - 2.80 0.28 - 1.40 Calms: 0.09%

COMMENTS: DATA PERIOD:

Start Date: 2/1/2019 - 00:00 End Date: 4/30/2019 - 23:00 MODELER: Team Labs and Consultants, Hyderabad CALM WINDS: TOTAL COUNT:

0.09% 2136 hrs.

AVG. WIND SPEED: PROJECT NO.:

7.92 m/s

WRPLOT View - Lakes Environmental Software

Figure 3.8 Wind rose diagram ofmine lease area

3-28 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

3.4.3 Ambient Air Quality Air pollution means the presence in the outdoor atmosphere of one or more combinations thereof in such quantities and of such duration as are or may tend to be injurious to human, plant or animal life or property. Air pollutants include smoke, vapors, soot, fumes, gases, mist, odors, particulate matter, radioactive material or noxious chemicals. Air pollution produces a number of adverse effects including offensive smell, loss of atmospheric clarity, soiling of clothes, building and manufactured goods by smoke and dust. The hazards caused to man, animals, vegetation, environment and climate have been understood in the past decade. The effects of air pollution are briefly discussed below. a) Effect on human beings Air borne spores, pollen grains, virus, bacteria, fungi, fur and hairs cause various allergic reactions, bronchial asthma, tuberculosis and other infections. Sulphur dioxide produces drying of the mouth, scratchy throat and smarting eyes. It also causes chest constriction, headache, vomiting and death from respiratory diseases. Sulphur trioxide, Nitrogen oxide and carbon monoxide diffuse in the blood stream. They combine with haemoglobin and reduce its oxygen carrying capacity. Nitrogen oxide in high concentration impairs the functioning of lungs by causing accumulation of water in the air spaces. Hydrocarbons have been reported to cause cancer in man. Hydrogen sulphide causes nausea and irritates eyes and throat. Ammonia attacks upper respiratory passages. Ozone causes dryness of mucous membrane of the mouth, nose and throat. It changes visual capacity, causes headache, pulmonary congestion and oedema. Arsines damage red cells in blood, kidney and cause jaundice. Suspended particles like ash, soot and smoke cause eye irritation, tuberculosis and possible cancer. Fine particles of various metals present in the air cause a number of diseases. Heavy dust fall is one of the major causes of asthma, cough and other diseases of lungs and throat. Lead can damage the brain of young children and may even cause death. It affects the normal functioning of the nervous system in adults. Cadmium is a respiratory poison and may cause high blood pressure and a number of heart diseases. Asbestos fibers have been associated in chronic lung diseases.

3-29 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report b) Effect on animals Air pollution causes wide spread damage to live-stock. The effect of air pollution on domestic animals living in or near industrial areas is similar to those of human beings. Live stocks ingest various fluorine compounds which fall on fodder crops causing abnormal calcification of bones and teeth. It results in lameness, loss of weight and frequent diarrhea. c) Effect on plants Air pollution has serious harmful effects on plants. Sulphur dioxide causes chlorosis. It results in the death of cells and tissues. Forest trees are worst affected by sulphur dioxide pollutants. Fluorides damage leafy vegetables such as lettuce and spinach. Oxides of nitrogen and fluorides reduce crop yields. Photochemical smog bleaches and blazes foliage of plants. Hydrocarbons cause premature fall of leaves and flower buds, discolouration of sepals and curling of petals. Ozone damages cereals, fruits and cotton crops. It also causes premature yellowing and shedding of leaves. d) Effect on materials The acid rain and photochemical smog affect metals and buildings. Acid rain pollutes the soil and water sources. Acidic products of the air pollutant cause disintegration of textile, paper. Many small industrial units and sources of locomotive pollutants have been sifted to save the famous marble structure, Taj Mahal at Agra. Hydrogen sulphide decolorizes silver and lead paints. Ozone oxidizes rubber goods. e) Aesthetic loss Dust and smoke in the air do not allow us to have a clear view of nature’s beauty and man-made objects. Smoke and foul smells emitted by factories, automobiles, dirty drains and garbage dumps make the urban life discomfortable. Smoking in public places affects the health of not only the smoker but also the non-smoker. f) Change in Climate

A change in the earth’s climate due to atmospheric pollution is an alarming global concern. It has been observed that in the recent past, the level of CO2 in the atmosphere has increased from 290 ppm to 330 ppm. Approximately one fourth of

3-30 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report this rise has occurred in the past decade. Rapid increase in population, deforestation and excessive burning of fossil fuel has been responsible for this increase. It is also predicted that this factor alone could lead to rise in global temperature, causing “Green House Effect” or “Global Warming”.

Green House effect may be defined as the progressive warming up the earth surface due to blanketing effect of man-made CO2 in the atmosphere. The thick CO2 layer functions like the glass panel of a green house preventing re-radiation of heat to outer space. A rise of global temperature by more than 2 or 3 0C may lead to the melting of polar ice cap and glaciers. This will cause rise in ocean level and consequent flooding of costal towns and submersion of many oceanic islands. This would also affect the rainfall pattern and productivity of agricultural crops.

With proposed mining activity a range of different pollutants, like PM10 and PM2.5 from mining and transportation, SO2, NOx and CO from fuel combustion in the semi mechanized operations and transportation of mineral, are released into the atmosphere that are dispersed and have a significant impact on neighborhood air environment. Thus, collection of base line data of air environment occupies a predominant role in the impact assessment statement. The ambient air quality status across the study zone forms basis for prediction of the impacts due to the project.

The building stone and gravel quarryproject is located at Ballikurava Village and mandal, Prakasam district, Andhra Pradesh. The data required to asses air quality impacts in and around neighborhood is achieved by designing such a network, which encompasses micro meteorological conditions, quantity and quality of emissions, locations, duration, resources/monitoring technology and operational criteria. The ambient air quality staions were identified considering the above factors.

3.4.4 Scope of Field study

The scope of baseline status of the ambient air quality can be assessed through a well-designed ambient air quality stations network. Ambient air quality monitoring of the study area consisting of 10 km radius with the mine lease area as the center point was carried out during the study period of February - April 2019. The ambient

3-31 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

air quality was monitored at Ninelocations spread over entire study area. Figure 3.9 presents the locations of nineambient air quality-monitoring stations. At each sampling station monitoring was carried out for 24 hours in a day for 2 days a week and for three months during post monsoon season. The parameters studied are

Particulate Matter (Size Less than 10µm) or PM10 µg/m3, Particulate Matter (Size

Less than 2.5 µm) or PM2.5 µg/m3, Sulfur dioxide and Oxides of Nitrogen.Sampling period, monitoring and analysis of the above variables is according to the guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB). National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQ) is presented in Table 3.9.

Table 3.9 National Ambient Air Quality Standards

Time Concentration in Ambient Air Pollutant Weighted Average IRR ESA Methods of Measurement Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), μg/m3 Annual* 50 20 Improved west and Gaeke 24 Hours** 80 80 Ultraviolet fluorescence NitrogenDioxide (NO2), μg/m3 Annual* 40 30 Modified Jacob & 24 Hours** Hochheiser (Nn-Arsenite) 80 80 Chemiluminescence Particulate Matter (Size Less Annual* 60 60 Gravimetic, TOEM than 10µm) or PM10, μg/m3 24 Hours** 100 100 Beta Attenuation Particulate Matter (Size Less Annual* 40 40 Gravimetic than 2.5µm) or PM2.5, μg/m3 24 Hours** 60 60 TOEM Beta Attenuation Ozone (O3), μg/m3 8 hours** 100 100 UV Photometric Chemilminescence 1 hour** 180 180 Chemical Method Lead (Pb), μg/m3 Annual* 0.50 0.50 AAS /ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or 24 hours** 1.0 1.0 equivalent filter paper ED - XRF using Teflon filter. Carbon Monoxide (CO), 8 hours** 02 02 Non Dispersive Infra Red mg/m3 1 hour** 04 04 (NDIR)Spectroscopy Ammonia (NH3), μg/m3 Annual* 100 100 Chemilminescence 24 hours** 400 400 Indophenol blue method Gas Chromotography based continuous analyzer Benzene (C6H6), μg/m3 Annual* 05 05 Absorption and Desorption followed by GC analysis Benzo (o) Pyrene (BaP)- Annual* 01 01 Solvent extraction followed Particulate Phase only, ng/m3 by HPLC/GC analysis Arsenic (As), ng/m3 Annual* 06 06 AAS/ICP method after

3-32 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Time Concentration in Ambient Air Pollutant Weighted Average IRR ESA Methods of Measurement Nickel (Ni), ng/m3 Annual* 20 20 sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper IRR - Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Area, ESA- Ecological Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Government) G.S.No.826 (E), dt.16th November, 2009. Vide letter no. F. No. Q-15017/43/2007-CPW. *Annual Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval. **24 hourly/8/1 hourly monitored values as applicable, shall be complied with 98 percent of the time in a year.2% of time they may be exceeded the limits but not on two consecutive days of monitoring.

3.4.5 Description of Sampling Locations

The location of ambient air quality stations is contingent on the meteorological status of the area. Hence the micro meteorological data was collected before initiating the ambient air quality monitoring, and the stations were selected within 10 km of the project site based on wind direction as the mineoperations are limited. Table 3.10 presents the ambient air quality locations and their distances and directions from the mine lease area.

Table 3.10 Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Direction Distance From S. No Location Name form ML area ML area, km AAQ-01. Mine Lease Area - - AAQ-02. Chenupalli S 2.3 AAQ-03. Mallayapalem NE 1.4 AAQ-04. Kopparapalem NE 1.3 AAQ-05. Sommavarapaddu NE 2.3 AAQ-06. Sajjapuram NW 2.3 AAQ-07. Kommalapadu SW 5.5 AAQ-08. Ballikurava SE 4.7

3-33 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 3.9 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

3-34 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

3.4.6 Ambient Air Quality Status (Terms of Reference No. 22)

The existing baseline levels with respect to Particulate Matter (Size Less than 10µm) or PM10 µg/m3, Particulate Matter (Size Less than 2.5 µg/m3) or PM2.5 µg/m3, Sulphur dioxide and oxides of nitrogen at 9locations are presented in Table 3.11. The AAQ baseline data observed values are found to be within the prescribed NAAQ standards.

Table 3.11 Summary Ambient Air Quality Status

Pollutant Maximum Minimum Mean 98% Percentile 1) Location: Mine Lease Area PM10 42 37 39.42 42 PM2.5 18 15 16.77 18 SO2 12 8 10.92 12 NOx 13 8 11.15 13 2) Location: Chennupalli PM10 39 37 38.04 39 PM2.5 19 16 17.31 19 SO2 11 8 10.08 11 NOx 12 8 10.85 12 3) Location: Mallayapalem PM10 41 0 37.55 41 PM2.5 18 16 17.15 18 SO2 10 7 9.19 10 NOx 14 7 11.42 14 4) Location: Kopparapalem PM10 43 37 39.77 43 PM2.5 17 15 16.35 17 SO2 12 7 10.58 12 NOx 13 7 11.08 13 5) Location: Sommavarappadu PM10 42 37 39.08 42 PM2.5 18 16 17.04 18 SO2 13 1 10.54 13 NOx 13 7 11.04 13 6) Location: Sajjapuram PM10 42 37 38.46 42 PM2.5 19 16 17.54 19 SO2 12 7 10.12 12 NOx 14 7 10.85 14 7) Location: Kommalapadu

PM10 40 37 38.19 40 PM2.5 18 16 16.92 18 SO2 12 7 10.23 12 NOx 11 7 9.88 11 8) Location: Ballikuruva PM10 44 37 40.12 44

3-35 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Pollutant Maximum Minimum Mean 98% Percentile PM2.5 17 15 16.12 17 SO2 10 7 9.27 10 NOx 11 7 9.58 11 Note: Pollutant concentrations are presented in µg/m³ Table 3.12 AQI Index Showing the Results of Ambient Air Quality

Air quality Associated Health Location AQI Category (Range) index Impacts Mine Lease Area 42 Chenupalli 39 Mallayapalem 41 Kopparapalem 43 Good (0-50) Minimal Impact Sommavarapaddu 42 Sajjapuram 42 Kommalapadu 40 Ballikurava 44

3-36 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

3.4.7 Noise Environment (Terms of Reference No. 22)

Noise is an unwanted sound without musical quality. Artificial noise impact on environment, grown apace with advancing human civilization. Noise pollution is equally hazardous to environment as air, water and other forms of pollution. Various noise measurement units have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common scale is, weighted decibel dB (A), and measured as the relative intensity level of one sound with respect to another sound (reference sound).

The impact of noise depends on its characteristics (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature), time of day (day or night) and location of noise source. Table 3.13 shows the effects of different noise levels on human beings. The environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from noise induced hearing loss to annoying depending on noise levels.

The assessment of noise pollution on neighborhood environment due to the mine was carried out keeping in view, all the considerations mentioned above. The existing status of noise levels is measured at ninelocations at various villages within the study area. Figure 3.10 presents noise level monitoring locations. The monitored noise levels are shown in Table 3.14. Noise levels are observed to be with in the prescribed limits of rural and residential areas.

3-37 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 3.10 Noise Monitoring Locations

3-38 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 3.13 Effects on Human Beings at Different Noise Levels Source Noise Level Db(A) Effects Large Rocket Engine (nearby) 180 Threshold of Pains Hydraulic Press (1 m) 130 Maximum vocal 120 Jet take off (60 m) effort Automobile Horn (1m) 120 Construction Noise 110 Jet Take off (600 m) 110 Shout, Punch, Press, Circular Saw 100 Very annoying Heavy Truck (15m), Farm 90 Prolonged exposure Machinery, Lathes, Sports Car, Noisy endangers hearing 80 Machines Automobile (15m) loss Annoying Freeway Traffic (15m) 70 Telephone is difficult, Loud Conversations 60 Living Room in Home 50 Quiet Power Station (15m) 50 Bed Room in Home 40 Soft Whisper (5m) 30 Very quiet Tick of Wall clock (1m) 30 Low radio Reception 20 Whisper 20 Rattling of Leaves by Breeze 10 Barely audible 0 Threshold of hearing

Table 3.14 Equivalent Noise levels in the study area

Distance Equivalent Noise S. Direction Location From Levels dB(A) No form ML area ML area, km Leqday Leqnight N-1 Mine Lease Area - - 39 32 N-2 Chenupalli S 2.3 42 34 N-3 Mallayapalem NE 1.4 41 33 N-4 Kopparapalem NE 1.3 43 32 N-5 Sommavarapaddu NE 2.3 42 34 N-6 Sajjapuram NW 2.3 44 36 N-7 Kommalapadu SW 5.5 41 35 N-8 Ballikurava SE 4.7 46 36 Note: Daytime is reckoned in between 6.00 a.m to 10.00 p.m. Nighttime is reckoned between 10.00 p.m to 6.00 a.m.

3-39 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

3.4.8 Traffic Study Traffic study was conducted during three alternative days including a holiday to arrive at peaktraffic hours. Peak traffic was observed during 8 – 9 AM consisting of mainly passangers traffic was carried on Chennupalli to Mallayapalem road. Graphical representation of peak traffic is presented in Figure 3.11. The maximum PCUs observed in an hour are 55. The composition of the peak hour traffic in PCU.

Figure 3.11 Peak Hour Traffic 3.5 Socio Economic Environment Project development reflects in social development, i.e., growth in infrastructure facilities, growth in employment rates, increased demands for housing, and other amenities etc., which will have a bearing on the socio-economic status.

Socio-economic survey is conducted to ascertain the existing socio-economic status to compare the same with the developments due to the project. Baseline data of demographic characteristics-occupational status, literacy, health status and the access to infrastructure facilities for social development in the project area has been studied from the primary data collected from census department by M/s. Team Labs and Consultants.

Demographic characteristics of the study area falling within 10 km radius of the mine lease area have been compiled to assess the pre-project socio-economic status. Secondary data has been collected from various government agencies i.e., chief planning officer, Prakasam and Guntur districtsand other government departments

3-40 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

of forestry, irrigation etc., and Mandal Development Offices of the relevant government departments. Census 2011 data was complied and presented as follows.

3.5.1 Demography

The study area falls under the following mandals; Ballikurava, Santhamaguluru, Martur mandals in Prakasam district, Narasaraopet, Chilakaluripet mandals in Gunturu district. Study area comprises of 44 revenue villages and 6 hamlets.

3.5.2 Population Distribution

The population distribution of the study area is presented in Table 3.15. The total population of the area is 22121 consisting of 111918 males and 109333 females. The population of the scheduled castes is 50202 consists of 25462 males and 24740 females, while the scheduled tribe population is 12200 consists of 6200 males and 6000 females, which is 22.69% and 5.51 % of the total population respectively. The female (50.6%) population is more compared to male (49.4%) population in the study area.

Table 3.15 Population Distribution – Study Area

kms Total Category 0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10 Total Population 2517 10950 19030 188754 221251 Total Population – Male 1261 5568 9691 95398 111918 Total Population – Female 1256 5382 9339 93356 109333 Population <6 years 277 1294 2094 21027 24692 Male <6 years 135 711 1089 10864 12799 Females < 6years 142 583 1005 10163 11893 Scheduled Caste Population - Total 878 2545 4188 42591 50202 Male – SC 447 1282 2149 21584 25462 Female – SC 431 1263 2039 21007 24740 Scheduled Tribe Population Total 96 1078 720 10306 12200 Male – ST 52 550 381 5217 6200 Female – ST 44 528 339 5089 6000

3-41 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 3.12 Population distribution of the study area

3.5.3 Literacy

Census operations consider a person who is above six years old and who can write and read as literate. Table 3.16 presents literacy levels in the study area. The population below six years old is 24692 consisting of 12799 males and 11893 females, which is 11.16 % of the study area population. The percentage of literacy level in the study area among males is 67.09 and 47.55 among females. It may be observed that the literacy level among females is comparatively less than males.

Table 3.16 Literacy - Study Area

kms Total Category 0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10 Total Population 2517 10950 19030 188754 221251 Total Population – Male 1261 5568 9691 95398 111918 Total Population – Female 1256 5382 9339 93356 109333 Population <6 years 277 1294 2094 21027 24692 Male <6 years 135 711 1089 10864 12799 Females < 6years 142 583 1005 10163 11893 Total Literates 1152 5222 9336 97121 112831 Male –Literates 696 3093 5610 57096 66495 Female – Literates 456 2129 3726 40025 46336 Total Illiterates 1365 5728 9694 91633 108420 Male –Illiterate 565 2475 4081 38302 45423 Female – Illiterate 800 3253 5613 53331 62997

3-42 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 3.12 Literacy of Study Area

3.5.4 Employment/Occupation

Work is defined as participation in any economically productive activity – Physical/ mental. The work force is classified into three categories: a) main workers, b) marginal workers and c) non-workers. Main workers are those who work for a substantial part of the year for a living such as salaried employees, agricultural labor etc. Marginal workers are that who worked the previous year but has not worked for a substantial part of this year. Non-workers constitute students, house wives, dependents; pensioner’s etc. Table 3.17 presents the population distribution for employment.

It may be observed that a majority of the study area population falls in the non workercategoryamong 43.89% of the total population and the marginal workers from about 7.26% of the total population. The male female difference is also significant in all the regions and in all the categories. There are few females among the workers where as there are more non workers and marginal workers among females.

Table 3.17 Employment – Study Area

3-43 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

kms Total Category 0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10 Total Workers – Male 738 3358 5852 57057 67005 Total Workers – Female 708 3091 5333 47999 57131 Total Main Workers 1323 4678 9271 92804 108076 Main workers – Male 712 2697 5310 53302 62021 Main Workers – Female 611 1981 3961 39502 46055 Total Marginal Workers 123 1771 1914 12252 16060 Marginal Workers – Male 26 661 542 3755 4984 Marginal Workers – Female 97 1110 1372 8497 11076 Total Non-Workers 1071 4501 7845 83698 97115 Non-Workers – Male 523 2210 3839 38341 44913 Non-Workers – Female 548 2291 4006 45357 52202

Figure 3.13 Employment of Study Area

The main workers are further classified into; Total cultivators: those who engage a single worker or his family member to cultivate land for payment in money, kind or share; Agricultural labor: those who work in other’s lands for wages; household workers: workers involved in manufacturing and processing industries in the house hold industries; and other services; Livestock, forestry, fishing and allied activities; Workers involved in mining and quarrying; Workers involved in manufacturing and processing industries in the house hold industries,Non house hold industries, construction workers, workers in trade and commerce,Workers involved in transport, storage and communication and other services: government employees, teachers, priests, artists etc. Table 3.18 presents the main workers distribution among study area population. It may be observed that over 29.79% of the study area population is involved in cultivation or agriculture labor, followed by other services

3-44 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report to the tune of 8.36% reflecting on the proximity to Ballikurava, which is the administrative center and mining area. Significant differences are observed among the male and female workers, Female workers are found to be less among all categories of workers.

Table 3.18 Main Workers - Study Area

kms Total Category 0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10 Total Population 2517 10950 19030 188754 221251 Total Population – Male 1261 5568 9691 95398 111918 Total Population – Female 1256 5382 9339 93356 109333 Total Main Workers 1323 4678 9271 92804 108076 Main workers – Male 712 2697 5310 53302 62021 Main Workers – Female 611 1981 3961 39502 46055 Total Cultivators 567 847 2229 17265 20908 Cultivators – Male 346 695 1489 11803 14333 Cultivators- Female 221 152 740 5462 6575 Total Agriculture Labor 623 3205 6037 56038 65903 Agriculture Labor – Male 273 1498 2981 26568 31320 Agriculture Labor – Female 350 1707 3056 29470 34583 Total Household Workers 13 17 47 1962 2039 Household Workers – Male 13 8 37 1121 1179 Household Workers – Female 0 9 10 841 860 Total Others 120 609 958 17539 19226 Others – Male 80 496 803 13810 15189 Others – Female 40 113 155 3729 4037

3.5.5 Living Standards and Infrastructure Sustainable development of any area is dependent not only the population but also on the availability of infrastructure which leads to better living standards. The infrastructure facilities are essential in providing education, awareness, health, communication, potable water, transport etc. The standards of living are the sum of the availability of the infrastructure to the subject community, wide variations in terms of income, economic conditions and patterns of spending.

The infrastructure facilities available in the impact zone are reflecting the rural nature of the entire study area.

3-45 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

I. Educational Facilities The educational facilities available in the rural areas are meager, despite the proximity to urban area of Pendurthi. There are 20 primary schools, 28 middle schools and 2 high schools in the study area. There is no junior college within the impact area. The higher educational need of the population is met by Narasaraopet / Guntur / Chilakaluripet.

II. Health facilities The medical and health facilities available in the rural area of the impact zone are inadequate; there are 1 Primary Health Centre, 2 Primary Health Sub Centre and nochild welfare centers and 3 Registered Private Medical Practitionerscenters in the entire area. While the urban area has a number of health facilities including a teaching hospital. The health needs of the population in this area are met by quacks and other semi qualified persons.

III. Availability of Potable Water The entire population in this area is dependent on ground water for drinking purposes.

IV. Transport and Communication Transport is essentially provided by the Andhra Pradesh State Road Transport Corporation (APSRTC). Most of the study area has excellent road network in all the villages, which has kacha roads. APSRTC bus facility is available for all the villages. However, it is observed that a number of private transport vehicles are observed in the area connecting them to Narasaraopet / Guntur / Chilakaluripet.

V. Sources of Energy and Availability The primary source of energy in the study area is electricity, and the entire study area has electricity for agriculture and domestic purpose. The Chillakur area has LPG facility for their cooking purpose. A significant number of people in the urban area are also dependent on Kerosene for cooking purposes, which is contingent on the vagaries of public distribution system. A majority of the rural area is mostly dependent on LPG gas, dried cow dung cakes, wood from roadside trees for their domestic energy needs.

3-46 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

VI. Post and Telegraph facilities There are 12 post offices in the area and no post and Telegraph office in the study area. Phone facilities however are extended to most of the villages.

VII. Housing Census defines the house hold as a group of persons living together and sharing their meals from a common kitchen. The number of households in the impact zone is 56966. The density of the households is approximately four. The traditional houses made up of mud walls and covered by dry common grass and leaves of bourses are commonly found in the rural area, which are not considered puce houses. The government has been augmenting the housing standards by constructing housing colonies for various weaker sections of the society.

3.5.6 Land Utilization Land use patterns can be prepared on the basis of revenue records though it is not an exact indicator of the actual use of the land at a given time. Land use is presented under the heads of area under forest cover irrigated land, area under cultivation and cultivable wasteland in Table 3.19.

Table 3.19 Land Utilization Pattern

kms Total Area, Category 0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10 ha Permanent Pastures and Other Grazing Land Area 13 36 793.43 842.43 Land Under Miscellaneous Tree Crops etc. Area 2 23 355 1267.62 1647.62 Culturable Waste Land Area 1 93 313 1531.95 1938.95 Forest Area 28 95 2753.63 2876.63 Fallows Land other than Current Fallows Area 19.61 285.51 162.03 3767.19 4234.34 Barren & Un-cultivable Land Area 72 619 833 5245.46 6769.46 Area under Non-Agricultural Uses 61 342.49 975.32 5469.78 6848.59 Current Fallows Area 137.39 1305 1285.65 10652.03 13380.07 Area Irrigated by Source 275 1268 2021 15366.39 18930.39

3-47 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

kms Total Area, Category 0-3 3-5 5-7 7-10 ha Net Area Sown 490 2047 2570 29124.91 34231.91 Total Area 1071 6011 8646 75972.39 91700.39 It may be observed that a majority of the study area is Net Area Sown followed by Area Irrigated by Source.

3.5.7 Project Economy

It will provide employment additionally. The proposed project will also generate indirect employment of 40no’sto the locals during mining activity. The employers will contribute to the provident fund, ESI and provide facilities as per the relevant labor act.

The proximity of Vizagtown will provide access to the extensive medical facilities available apart from the ESI medical facilities to the employees and their families.

It may be concluded that satisfactory amenities are available for the population of the impact zone, while the amenities are available either within the village or at a minimum distance of 3km. The area also has large tracts of waste lands which can be utilized for industrial development.

The proposed mining activity will contribute to the growth of the area, which in turn generates employment, and improve the infrastructure facilities of the area by strengthening the same economically.

3.6 Ecology (Terms of Reference No. 15, 18)

Biological environment includes the study of the relationships of organisms or groups of organisms to their environment. Ecology in essence is the study of the abiotic (non-living) and biotic (living) components, interaction of community and the environment and exchange of material (energy and nutrient) between living and non-living parts.

A community includes all organisms in the given area interacting with the abiotic environment. The main aim of Conservation of Biodiversity is to ensure “No Net Loss”.

3-48 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

The following approach has been chosen by the IAIA to help achieve ‘no net loss’ of biodiversity:

 Avoidance of irreversible loss of biodiversity.  Seeking alternative solutions to minimize biodiversity losses.  Use of mitigation to restore biodiversity resources.  Compensation for unavoidable loss by providing substitutes of at least similar biodiversity value.  Looking for opportunities for enhancement.

This approach can be called “positive planning for biodiversity.” It helps achieve no net loss by ensuring the safety and survival of rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species. This approach has been adopted by the proposed project in the study under report.

Scope of work is to identify of ecologically sensitive receptors based on literature survey and field investigations, quantification of impacts on flora and fauna in core and buffer zones and to suggest appropriate mitigation measures with conservation and management plan. Biological assessment of the site was done to identify whether there are any rare, endangered, endemic, threatened (REET) species of flora or fauna in the project site or core area as well its buffer zone (upto 10 km radius). The study also designed to suggest suitable mitigation measures and conservation plan if necessary, for REET species if any.

The proposed project falls in  6D – Deccan Peninsula Deccan Plateau as per the Biogeography Classification of India.  Hot Semi arid type as per the India's Köppen climate classification. The vegetation of the study area falls under  5A: Southern tropical dry deciduous forests C3: Southern dry mixed deciduous forest;  6A: Southern tropical thorn forests DS1: Southern thorn scrub, 2S1: Secondary dry deciduous forest

3-49 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report by revised classification of Indian forest types (Champion and Seth, 1968). These types of forests are seen throughout the Eastern Ghats and few parts of Western Ghats of the country. The Mine lease area and Dump sites does not encounter with any kind of forest types like Reserve Forest, Protected forest or un- classed Forest (declared Protected under “The Indian Forest Act, 1927”) and “Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 with Amendments Made in 1988”. (Source: Forest Department). No wetland notified under “The Ramsar Convention – 1971” or listed under “the National wetland Conservation Programme – 2009” is reported within 10 km from project boundary.

Crops raised in the buffer zone: Out of the total croplands, more than 70% was under Paddy, Maize, Chilies, Red gram, Black gram, Green gram and Groundnut. Remaining was a current fallow without any crops but ready for cultivation.

Methodology:

The ToR specific detailed survey has been made during Deceber 2019 to understand the existing situation at ground level and to suggest the mitigation measures based on impacts quantified. The core zone means the existing Mine lease area and buffer zone refers to area covered within 10 km radius of Mine lease area. The vegetation present in the existing mine lease area (MLA), dump site (DS) and Green belt (GB) were estimated through quadrate sampling method or belt transect method. The number and type of trees present were calculated through standard statistical methods. Hence the tree density of the RFs also estimated by quadrate method. The proposed area for greenbelt and type of species to be planted will be also estimated and suggest the budgetary terms.

Equipment / Instruments deployed

 Digital Camera (NIKON 42 X zoom)  GPS (Accurate readings available in Mobile and inbuilt camera)  Binoculars (OLYMPUS 10 X 50 DPSI)  Field observation book, Field guides, Pen, Measuring tape etc  PAST –statistical software for Biodiversity.

3-50 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

 MS-Excel for Phyto-sociological calculations and graphs. Floral analysis:

The vegetation structure of the region was randomly checked at selected habitats and sampling was done near reserve forests. Most of the buffer zone area is under cultivation and hence sampling near pond side and road side are restricted to dense covered regions. To avoid the biased result, statistical analysis done near two reserve forests. The remaining buffer zone survey was carried out for validating the secondary data collected at regional level. The status of each identified species was given in terms of four categories such as “Dominant”, “Common”, “Sporadic”, and “Rare”. This status is mainly based on Density, Frequency and Abundance estimated during the field visit for Trees, Shrubs and Herbs.

Phyto-sociological aspects of the study were carried out by perambulating and sampling through quadrate sampling method. Sample plots were selected in such a way to get maximum representation of different types of vegetation and plots were laid out near reserve forest blocks. Belt transect method (100m X 10m) was followed during the study. In this method, transect (a straight line) of 100 m is marked with rope and tape. The trees are sampled 5 m on either side of the central line of transect, while sampling, recorded the Girth at Breast Height (GBH) for trees with greater than 30 cm GBH. The shrubs, Herbs, Climbers, Grass species and Hydrophytes are documented with their status availability in all sampling points along with tree species. Unidentified species in the field are photographed and given a code for further investigation. Only photographs were taken during the field survey and no damage is created to flora and fauna during the sampling. None of the specimens are collected as voucher specimens for herbarium. The plants were identified using floras by Gamble (1915-36), Saxena and Brahmam (1994-96), Nair and Henry (1983), Henry et al. (1987), Henry et al. (1989) and also by using updated check list from www.theplantlist.org.

Standard phyto-sociological methods of Mishra (1968) for density, frequency, abundance calculated during the present study. Relative values of these were calculated by following Philips (1959). Important Value Index (IVI) was calculated

3-51 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report by adding up these three values of relative frequency, relative density and relative dominance (Curtis, 1959). In case of shrubs, herbs and saplings abundance status was given as per direct field observation. Diversity indices such as Shannon – Wiener Indices of Diversity index, Evenness, Dominance, A/F ratio are also calculated through standard methods and by using software tools such as PAST.

Faunal analysis:

A random survey for mammals were conducted by in all major habitats and recorded the species through direct and indirect evidences. Species were identified using “A pictorial guide to the Mammals of the India” by Vivek menon (2014), Prater (1997). For Birds, random based observation followed with point count method was applied near water bodies and reserve forest s. Birds seen or heard 50 m radius from has been recorded during survey period. Bird surveys were carried out in dawn and desk of the field visit days. A special note on migratory status of birds were also recorded through secondary data. Birds sighted at the study area were identified using “A field guide to the birds of the Indian Sub-Continent” by Ranjit Manakadan et.al (2011). Reptiles were identified by direct or indirect evidences and literature gathered from the working plans of the forest department and other publications. The directly observed species are identified using the field book on Indian Reptiles and Amphibians by J.C. Daniel (2002). Snakes of India by Whitaker (2016). Amphibians are surveyed both at aquatic and terrestrial systems searching under the logs and stones, digging through litter and soil, searching short bushes and tree hollows and under fallen barks. The books referred are Amphibians of Peninsular India by Ranjit Daniel (2004). Invertebrates such as Butterflies, Dragonflies and spiders sighted during the survey period were identified by species-specific field guides. Bugs, Beetles and other insect data were gathered from publications and forest working plan data.

Vegetation structure and composition During the present study, around 152 floral species are recorded from primary and secondary sources. The overall study area consists of agricultural fallow / Barren / uncultivable / wasteland / Reserve forests.

3-52 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Some part of it has commercial mango plantation and few parts are currently used as grazing land. The list of plant species recorded during field survey and literature from the study area are given in Table 3.20.

The Wastelands fully covered by Prosopis juliflora and the rest of the area is covered by rocky uplands with scattered succulents and thorny shrubs. Thus entire buffer area is either a cropland or current fallow land or a non-forest wasteland. There are good number is social forestry plantations of Eucalyptus and Casuarina within the buffer zone.

Reserve forest vegetation:

RFs contain good number of trees such as Buchanania lanzan, Azadirachta indica, Balanites aegyptiaca, Butea monosperma, Phoenix sylvestris, Acacia nilotica, Dalbergia sissoo etc and shrubs such as Senna auriculata, Calotropis procera, Caralluma umbellata, Euphorbia antiquorum, Euphorbia tortillis, Dodonaea viscose Jatropha gossypifolia, Carissa spinarum, Prosopis juliflora, Acacia nilotica, Acacia leucophloea, and Lantana camara and other all common herbs and climbers. Terrestrial Fauna

The presence or absence of an animal or plant in a certain region depends on its ecological and geographical setting. Wild animals can exist in a region only if prevailing set of conditions are congenial for their survival and perpetuation. Diversity of the species and their abundance is largely dependent on the availability of required habitats.

Terrestrial fauna of the Core area and the Buffer zone:

As the animals, especially vertebrates move from place to place in search of food, shelter, mate or other biological needs, separate lists for core and buffer areas are not feasible however, a separate list of fauna pertaining to core and buffer zone are listed separately. Though there are two reserved forest blocks near dump and in the buffer zone. As such there are no chances of occurrence of any rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species within the core or buffer area. There are no Sanctuaries, National Parks, Tiger Reserve or Biosphere Reserve or

3-53 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Elephant Corridor or other protected areas within 10 km radius from core area. It is evident from the available records, reports and circumstantial evidence that the entire study area including the core and buffer areas were free from any endangered animals. There were no resident birds other than common bird species such as Paddy egrets, Green bee eaters, Indian rollers, Parakeets, common babblers, Weaver birds, Mynas, Black drangos, Crows, Sparrows. The list of Mammalian species directly sighted or recorded during field survey and from literature reviewed from the study area are given in Table 3.21. The list of bird species recorded during field survey and literature from the study area are given in Table 3.22. The list of reptilian species recorded during field survey and literature from the study area are given in Table 3.23. The list of Amphibian species recorded during field survey and literature from the study area are given in Table 3.24. It is apparent from the list that none of the species either spotted or reported is included in Schedule I of the Wildlife Protection Act. Similarly, none of them comes under the REET category. Some of the birds listed were rare locally but they do not fall under any of the REET categories.

Flora and fauna of Aquatic ecosystem

Lemna minor, Ipomoea aquatica, Neptunia oleracea, Typha domingensis are most common in the study area. There were no threatened category species of aquatic and semi aquatic plants in the study area. The floristic survey of the existing farming site witnesses scattered growth of grasses (mainly weeds), rooted hydrophytes, emerging hydrophytes, shrubs in undisturbed area where human movement is absent. Among herbaceous species, weeds are commonly reported such as Congress grass (Parthenium hysterophorus), Lantana (Lantana Camara), and Datura (Datura stromonium). Rooted hydrophytes are reported along the banks, where water level is less than a foot or water has recedes after flooding. The commonly reported hydrophytes are Ipomoea aquatica, Argeratum conyzoides, Typha angustata etc.

Effect on Migratory corridors, Nesting and Breeding sites.

There are no migratory corridors, nesting and breeding sites within the proposed site or in the core area. No need to take any mitigation measures in this connection.

3-54 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Effect on REET species

From the list, no Rare or Endangered or Endemic or Threatened (REET) species or any species listed in Schedule I of the Wildlife (Protection) Act. Hence, species specific and habitat specific mitigation measures are not needed in this connection. The project site does not overlap with any of the recognized Ramsar sites. The construction phase does not envisaged excavation or alteration in water bodies hence shall not entail changes in aquatic biodiversity. The construction does not involve diversion or change in the major rivers, canals, backwaters and creeks. Considering these predicted impacts, a comprehensive green belt development plan and Wildlife management plan are proposed which shall improve the existing status of ecosystems and associated biodiversity in the nearby area.

Table 3.20 List of Local vegetation

S.No Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Australia 1 Acacia auriculiformis Benth. thumma Leguminosae Tree 2 Acacia chundra Khadiramu Mimosaceae Tree 3 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Tella thumma Leguminosae Tree 4 Aegle marmelos (L.) Corrêa Maredu Rutaceae Tree 5 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Benth. Dirisanam Leguminosae Tree 6 Azadirachta indica A.Juss. Vepa Meliaceae Tree Zygophyllacea 7 Balanitesa egyptiaca (L.) Delile Gara e Tree 8 Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Bidi leaf tree Leguminosae Tree 9 Borassus flabellifer L. Thadi chettu Arecaceae Tree 10 Buchanania lanzan Spreng. Sara Anacaradaceae Tree Butea monosperma (Lam.) 11 Taub. Modhuga Leguminosae Tree 12 Cascabela thevetia (L.) Lippold Pacha ganneru Apocynaceae Tree 13 Cassia fistula L. Rela Leguminosae Tree 14 Chukrasia tabularis A.Juss. Konda vepa Meliaceae Tree 15 Dalbergia sissoo DC. Sisu Leguminosae Tree 16 Delonix regia (Hook.) Raf. Chittikesaram Leguminosae Tree Dendrocalamus strictus (Roxb.) Sanna vedru 17 Nees Graminae Tree 18 Eucalyptus globulus Labill. Neelagiri thylam Myrtaceae Tree 19 Euphorbia tirucalli L. Tirukalli Euphorbiaceae Tree 20 Ficus benghalensis L. Marri Moraceae Tree 21 Ficus hispida L.f. Medipandu Moraceae Tree

3-55 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

22 Ficus racemosa L. Medi Moraceae Tree 23 Ficus religiosa L. Ravi Moraceae Tree Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) 24 de Wit Jabarichettu Leguminosae Tree 25 Limonia acidissima L. Velaga Rutaceae Tree 26 Mangifera indica L. Mamidi Anacardiaceae Tree 27 Morinda tinctoria Roxb. Maddichettu Rubiaceae Tree 28 Nerium odoratum Lam. Erra ganneru Apocynaceae Tree Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) 29 K.Heyne Kondachintha Leguminosae Tree 30 Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Eethachettu Arecaceae Tree 31 Phyllanthus emblica L. Usiri Phyllanthaceae Tree Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) 32 Benth. Sima chinta Leguminosae Tree Polyalthia longifolia (Sonn.) 33 Thwaites Naramamidi Annonaceae Tree 34 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Adivi ganuga Leguminosae Tree Prosopis chilensis (Molina) 35 Stuntz Mulla thumma Leguminosae Tree 36 Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC. English tumma Mimosaceae Tree 37 Samanea saman (Jacq.) Merr. Nidraganeeru Sapindaceae Tree 38 Senna siamea Lam. Seema thangedu Leguminosae Tree 39 Senna siamea Lam. Seema thangedu Leguminosae Tree 40 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Neredu Myrtaceae Tree 41 Tamarindus indica L. Chintha Leguminosae Tree Tecoma stans (L.) Juss. ex 42 Kunth Pasupu ganneru Bignoniaceae Tree Terminalia bellirica (Gaertn.) Tani Combretaceae 43 Roxb. Tree 44 Terminalia catappa L. Badham Combretaceae Tree 45 Thespecia populnea (L.) Sol Ganga Raavi Malvaceae Tree 46 Vitex negundo L. Vaavili Verbenaceae Tree 47 Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet Thutturubenda Malvaceae Shrub 48 Agave americana L. Gitta nara Asparagaceae Shrub 49 Caesalpinia bonduc (L.) Roxb. Gacha podha Leguminosae Shrub Caesalpinia pulcherrima (L.) 50 Sw. Rathna gandhi Leguminosae Shrub Calotropis gigantea (L.) 51 Dryand. Tella jilledu Apocynaceae Shrub Calotropis procera (Aiton) 52 Dryand. Erra jilledu Apocynaceae Shrub 53 Capparis zeylanica L. Aarudonda Capparaceae Shrub 54 Carissa carandas L. Vakkaya Apocynaceae Shrub Catunaregam spinosa (Thunb.) 55 Tirveng. Manga Rubiaceae Shrub

3-56 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

56 Clerodendrum phlomidis L.f. Kond-takal Lamiaceae Shrub 57 Datura stramonium L. Ummetha Solanaceae Shrub 58 Dodonaea viscosa Jacq. Bandaru Sapindaceae Shrub Erythroxylum monogynum Erythroxylacea Dedaraaku 59 Roxb. e Shrub Holarrhena antidysenterica 60 (Roth) girimallika Apocynaceae Shrub Convolvulacea Rubber mokka 61 Ipomoea carnea Jacq. e Shrub 62 Ixora coccinea Ramabanam Rubiaceae Shrub 63 Jatropha curcas L. Nepalam Euphorbiaceae Shrub 64 Jatropha glandulifera Roxb. Yerranepalamu Euphorbiaceae Shrub 65 Lantana camara L. Pulikampa Verbenaceae Shrub 66 Morinda pubescens Sm. Maddi Rubiaceae Shrub Opuntia dillenii (Ker Gawl.) 67 Haw. Naga jamudu Cactaceae Shrub 68 Phoenix acaulis Roxb. Chitteetha Palmae Shrub

69 Phyllanthus reticulatus Poir. Nallapuli Phyllanthaceae Shrub 70 Randia dumetorum Rubiaceae Shrub 71 Senna auriculata (L.) Roxb. Tangedu Leguminosae Shrub 72 Solanum pubescens Willd. Uchintha Solanaceae Shrub 73 Xanthium strumarium L. Marula-Mathangi Asteraceae Shrub 74 Ximenia americana L. Nekkera Olacaceae Shrub 75 Ziziphus oenopolia (L.) Mill. Parimi Rhamnaceae Shrub 76 Acalypha indica L. Haritha manjari Euphorbiaceae Herb Amaranthacea 77 Achyranthes aspera L Uttareni e Herb Amaranthacea 78 Aerva lanata (L.) Juss Thelaga pindi e Herb 79 Aeschynomene aspera L. Neeti jeeluga Leguminosae Herb 80 Ageratum conyzoides (L.) L. Vasavi Asteraceae Herb 81 Aloe vera (L.) Burm.f. Kithanara Tiliaceae Herb Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R.Br. Amaranthacea 82 ex DC. Ponagantiaku e Herb Amaranthacea 83 Amaranthus spinosus L. Mulla thotakoora e Herb Chilakathotakoor Amaranthacea 84 Amaranthus viridis L. a e Herb 85 Argemone mexicana L. Brahmadandi Papaveraceae Herb 86 Barleria prionitis L. Pachagorinta Acanthaceae Herb 87 Blumea mollis (D. Don) Merr. Kukkapogaku Asteraceae Herb 88 Boerhavia diffusa L. Atikimamidi Nyctaginaceae Herb Kundeti Caralluma umbellata Apocynaceae 89 kummulu Herb

3-57 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

90 Catharanthus roseus (L.) G.Don Billaganneru Apocynaceae Herb Amaranthacea 91 Celosia virgata Jacq. Guruga e Herb 92 Cleome viscosa L. Kukka vomintha Cleomaceae Herb 93 Colocasia esculenta (L.) Schott Atuka tiga Araceae Herb 94 Croton bonplandianus Baill. Vana mokka Euphorbiaceae Herb 95 Euphorbia hirta L. Nanubalu Euphorbiaceae Herb Convolvulacea Vishnukrantha 96 Evolvulus alsinoides (L.) L e Herb Amaranthacea 97 Gomphrena serrata L. Tella bendumalli e Herb Hygrophila auriculata 98 (Schumach.) Heine Mundla gobbi Acanthaceae Herb 99 Justicia procumbens L. Water Willow Acanthaceae Herb 100 Leucas aspera (Willd.) Tummi Lamiaceae Herb 101 Mimosa pudica L. Atthi pathi Leguminosae Herb 102 Ocimum canum Sims Kukka Tulasi Lamiaceae Herb 103 Ocimum sanctum Tulasi Lamiaceae Herb 104 Oldenlandia umbellata L. Chiru veru Rubiaceae Herb 105 Oxalis corniculata L. Indian Sorrel Oxalidaceae Herb 106 Parthenium hysterophorus L. Vayyaribhama Asteraceae Herb 107 Phyllanthus niruri L. Nela Usiri Euphorbiaceae Herb 108 Portulaca oleracea L. Pappu Kura Portulacaceae Herb 109 Senna occidentalis (L.) Link Adavi Chennangi Leguminosae Herb 110 Senna tora (L.) Roxb. Tagarisa Leguminosae Herb 111 Sida acuta Burm.f. Medabirusaku Malvaceae Herb 112 Sida cordifolia L. Chiru Benda Malvaceae Herb 113 Sida spinosa L. Naga bala Malvaceae Herb 114 Solanum surattense Burm. f. Nela vakudu Solanaceae Herb 115 Sphaeranthus indicus L. Bodasaramu Asteraceae Herb 116 Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers. Vempali Leguminosae Herb Zygophyllacea 117 Tribulus terrestris L. e Herb 118 Tridax procumbens (L.) L. Gaddichamanthi Asteraceae Herb 119 Urena lobata L. Pedda benda Malvaceae Herb Vanda tessellata (Roxb.) Hook. Kodikalla chettu Orchidaceae Herb 120 ex G.Don 121 Vernonia cinerea (L.) Less. Gariti Kamma Compositae Herb 122 Waltheria indica L. Nalla Benda Malvaceae Herb 123 Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. Reni Rhamnaceae Herb 124 Aristida hystrix L.f. Gaddi Poaceae Grass 125 Chloris virgata Sw. Gaddi Poaceae Grass Chrysopogon lancearius (Hook.f 126 .) Haines Gaddi Poaceae Grass 127 Cyperus castaneus Willd. Gaddi Poaceae Grass

3-58 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

128 Cyperus rotundus L. Gaddi Cyperaceae Grass 129 Fimbristylis cymosa R.Br. Pulupu gaddi Cyperaceae Grass Climbe 130 Abrus precatorius L. Gurivinda Leguminosae r Climbe 131 Asparagus racemosus Willd. Pilli Gaddalu Asparagaceae r Climbe 132 Cissus quadrangularis L. Nalleru Vitaceae r Climbe 133 Clitoria ternatea L. Sanku-Pushpamu Leguminosae r Convolvulacea Climbe 134 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. e r Adavi Climbe 135 Dioscorea pentaphylla L. gunusuthega Dioscoreaceae r Hemidesmus indicus (L.) R. Br. Climbe 136 ex Schult Apocynaceae r Ipomoea macrantha Roem. & Convolvulacea Climbe 137 Schult. e r Convolvulacea Climbe 138 Ipomoea nil (L.) Roth. e r Convolvulacea Climbe 139 Ipomoea obscura (L.) Ker Gawl. e r Merremia tridentata (L.) Hallier Convolvulacea Climbe 140 f. Elaka chevi e r Climbe 141 Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. Dulagondi Leguminosae r Pergularia daemia (Forssk.) Climbe 142 Chiov. Dustapu-Teega Apocynaceae r Source: Forest department Working Plan (2004-14) Table 3.21 List of Fauna & Their Conservation Status Mammals: (* directly sighted animals)

WPA Scientific Name Common Name Family IUCN Status Herpestes javanicus Common Indian Herpestidae Mongoose* Sch II LC Pipistrellus coromandra Indian Pipistrelle (bat) Chiroptera LC Pteropus giganteus Indian Flying fox bat Chiroptera LC Rhinopoma microphyllum Grater Mouse-Tailed Chiroptera Bat LC Megaderma spasma lesser false vampire Chiroptera LC bat Pteropus giganteus Indian flying fox Chiroptera LC Lepus nigricollis Black-naped Hare Leporidae Sch IV LC Bendicota bengalensis Indian mole rat Muridae LC Bendicota indica Bandicoot rat Muridae LC

3-59 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Mus booduga Little Indian Field Muridae mouse Sch V LC Mus musculus House Mouse* Muridae Sch V LC Rattus rattus House rat* Muridae LC Funambulus palmarum Three striped palm Sciuridae squirrel* LC

Status assigned by the IUCN, where – CR – Critically Endangered; EN – Endangered; LC – Least Concern; NT – Near Threatened; VU – Vulnerable, DA – Data Deficient, NE – Not Evaluated Source :  Andhra Pradesh State Forest Department Working plan data  Vivek Menon (2014), Indian Mammals: A Field Guide. Hachette Book Publishing India Pvt. Ltd., Gurgaon, India, pp 1-522; IUCN (2015).  The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2015-4; Schedules I to VI: Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. Aves: All the listed birds are Least Concern under IUCN and Schedule - IV under Indian Wildlife Protection Act (1972) (* directly obsereved bird from the study area)

Table 3.22 listed birds

Scientific Name Common Name IUCN IWLP Apus affinis House Swift LC Sch-IV Cypsiurus balasiensis Asian Palm Swift LC Sch-IV Vanellus indicus Red-wattled Lapwing* LC Sch-IV Columba livia Rock Pigeon LC Sch-IV Streptopelia chinensis Spotted Dove LC Sch-IV Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collared Dove* LC Sch-IV Alcedo atthis Common Kingfisher* LC Sch-IV Ceryle rudis Pied Kingfisher* LC Sch-IV Halcyon symensis White-breasted Kingfisher* LC Sch-IV Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller* LC Sch-IV Centropus sinensis Crow Pheasant LC Sch-IV Cuculus micropterus Indian Cuckoo LC Sch-IV Eudynamys scolopacea Asian Koel LC Sch-IV Accipiter badius Shikra LC Sch-IV Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite LC Sch-IV Ictinaetus malayensis Black Eagle LC Sch-IV Milvus migrans Black Kite LC Sch-IV Amauromis phoenicurus White breasted Waterhen LC Sch-IV Fulica atra Common Coot LC Sch-IV Porphyrio porphyrio Indian purple Moorhen LC Sch-IV Corvus splendens House Crow* LC Sch-V Dicrurus adsimilis Black Drongo* LC Sch-IV

3-60 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird* LC Sch-IV Passer domesticus House Sparrow* LC Sch-IV Ploceus philippininus Baya Weaver* LC Sch-IV Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented Bulbul* LC Sch-IV Acridotheres tristis Common Myna* LC Sch-IV Acrocephalus aedon Thickbilled Warbler* LC Sch-IV Acrocephalus agricola Paddy field Warblers LC Sch-IV Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler LC Sch-IV Turdoides striatus Jungle Babbler* LC Sch-IV Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie Robin* LC Sch-IV Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin* LC Sch-IV Ardea alba Large Egret* LC Sch-IV Ardea cinerea Grey heron* LC Sch-IV Ardeola grayii Pond Heron* LC Sch-IV

*Status assigned by the IUCN, where – CR – Critically Endangered; EN – Endangered; LC – Least Concern; NT – Near Threatened; VU – Vulnerable, DA – Data Deficient, NE – Not Evaluated Sources:  Ali, S and Ripley, S.D. 1969.Handbook of the Birds of India and Pakistan together with those of Nepal, Sikkim, Bhutan and Ceylon,3. Stone Curlews to Owls. Oxford University Press, Bombay, 327pp.  BirdLife International 2012. In: IUCN 2012. IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2012.2. . Downloaded on 11 March 2013.  Grimmett, R., Inskipp, C and T. Inskipp, 2001. Pocket Guides to the Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. Cristopher Helm Publishers, Oxford University Press, 384pp.

Table 3.23 List of Reptiles either spotted or reported from the study area. (* indicates Direct observations)

S. Scientific Name Common Name IUCN IWPA 1. Ahaetulla nasuta Green whip snake LC 2. Naja naja Indian Cobra LC II 3. Daboia siamensis Russel Viper LC II 4. Dendrelaphis tristis Tree Snake LC 5. Ptyas mucosa Common Rat snake LC II 6. Amphiesma stolata Buffstriped keelback LC 7. Trimeresurus gramineus Green pit viper LC IV 8. Typhlops hypomethes Common blind snake LC IV 9. Varanus bengalensis Common Indian LC II 10. Chamaeleo zeylanicus Chameleon* LC II 11. Mabuya carinata Common Skink* LC 12. Calotes rouxi Forest Calottes* LC 13. Calotes versicolor Common garden LC 14. Hemimidactylus brooki House gecko* LC

3-61 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

15. Hemidactylus forenatus Southern House Gecko LC

Table 3.24 List of Amphibians either spotted or reported from the study area

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name IUCN IWPA 1. Duttaphrynus melanostictus Asian common toad LC Sch-IV 2. Euphlyctis hexadactylus Indian green frog LC Sch-IV 3. Hoplobatrachus tigerinus Indian bullfrog LC Sch-IV 4. Polypedates maculatus Indian Tree Frog* LC Sch-IV

*Status assigned by the IUCN, where – CR – Critically Endangered; EN – Endangered; LC – Least Concern; NT – Near Threatened; VU – Vulnerable, DA – Data Deficient, NE – Not Evaluated

Sources: Indraneil Das (2002). Snakes & other Reptiles of India. New Holland Publishers (UK) Ltd pp. 1-144; Romulus Whitaker & Ashok Captain (2006). Snakes of India; Dreko Books, Chennai, pp 1-146; IUCN (2015); The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species.Version 2015-4; Schedules I to VI: Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.

Figure 3.14 Reserve forest vegetation photos

3-62 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Natural vegetation:

Azadirachta indica A.Juss. Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit

Phyllanthus reticulatus Poir. Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.)

Dalbergia sissoo DC. Delonix regia (Hook.) Raf.

3-63 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Dodonaea viscosa Jacq. Buchanania lanzan Spreng.

3-64 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

CHAPTER 4.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 4.0 Identification of Impacts Identification of Impacts is one of the basic analytical steps of EIA for subsequent prediction and evaluation of impacts. Impact is a change in baseline due to interaction of a development activity with environment, or interaction of environment with development activity, or change in baseline due to a manmade emergency. The impacts were assessed for the main three stages of mining cycle i.e., planning and construction, operations and closure. The exploration and feasibility stage of mine cycle is not considered as the EIA activity is initiated after completion of exploration and prefeasibility and obtaining the letter of intent from mines and geology department, Government of Andhra Pradesh. Initially the assessment was done to identify impacts due to the proposed mining project and cluster including Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu, Raghavendra Granites, Andru Suresh Babu, Chitturi Kedarnath, Bharath Exports, Sri Eswar Granites, Amaravathi Mines, Kum. M. Raga Sindhuri, Sri S. Sarath Chandra, Sanjana Exports, Devi Impex, Mahalakshmi granites and awaiting LOI for Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu, Raghavendra Granites and other leases obtained EC etcusing network method which mainly follows cause condition and effect relationship. The interaction of project activity on the environment was assessed by posing questions related to each aspect of project activity envisaged as part of proposed project the plant. After broad identification of impacts, an interaction table enumerating the activity vs factors of various environmental components was prepared for various stages of mining activity implementation considering the entire life cycle of construction, operation and decommissioning.

4.1 Environmental Impacts from Mining and Construction of Associated Infrastructure The mining activity and development of required infrastructure result in potential impact on environment. The operational stage was considered for both regular operation and for incidents and emergencies caused by both human errors and extreme weather phenomena. Table 4.1 to 4.4 present the interaction tables identifying the environmental factors anticipated to have an impact due to the project and impacts

4-1 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

due to environment on the project. It may be noted that the blasting activity in color granite mining project would limited to construction of haulage road and removal of over burden, as the mining uses wire saw method.

4-2 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 4.1 Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Construction Stage

Environment Abiotic Socio Biotic Others Component Climate Atmosphere Land Water Economic

Factors Soil logy Flora Socio safety Fauna Fauna Waste Change Change Climate Geology vibration Economic Noise and health and Fire Safety Air qualityAir Management Occupational Surface Water Micrometeoro Ground WaterGround Construction Stage Site clearing, √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Site services √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Indicates Impact Table 4.2 Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Regular Operation Stage Environment Abiotic Atmospher Biotic Socio Component Climate e Land Water Economic Others

Factors Soil Flora Socio ology Water Water safety Waste Fauna Fauna Surface Change Ground Climate

Geology vibration Economic Noise and healthand Fire Fire Safety Air qualityAir Micrometeor Management Activity Occupational Mining stage Drilling √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Blasting √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Transportation √ √ √ √ √ Indicates Impact

4-3 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 4.3 Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Incidents and Accidents Environment Abiotic Socio Biotic Others Component Climate Atmosphere Land Water Economic

Factors t Soil Flora Socio Water Water safety Fauna Fauna Waste rology rology Surface Change Climate Ground Geology vibration Economic Noise and Fire Fire Safety Air qualityAir l healthand Micrometeo Managemen Occupationa Operation Stage Incidents and Accidents Machinery Failure √ √ Fire accidents √ √ Accidents during transport of √ √ √ √ √ material Extreme Weather phenomenon √ √ √ Indicates Impact Table 4.4 Activity and Environmental Impact (Impact Identification Matrix) - Decommissioning Environment Abiotic Socio Biotic Others Component Climate Atmosphere Land Water Economic

Factors nt Soil Flora Socio Water Water Waste Fauna Surface orology Change Ground Climate Geology al health vibration Economic Noise and and safety Fire Fire Safety Micromete Air qualityAir Manageme Occupation Mine Closure Removal, Back filling √ √ √ and sealing √ √ √ √ Removal of structures √ √ √ √ Danger due to √ inadvertent entry √ √ Indicates Impact 4-4 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

4.1.1 Impact Networks The purpose of identifying the impacts is that it aids in making appropriate decision to mitigate the adverse consequences if any. The degree of extensiveness and scale of impacts and the consequences based on value judgments are generalized while identifying impacts; as it is imperative that the impacts normally lead to a chain of reactions. The construction of network charts brings out to certain extent the appropriate levels of risks that may occur due to the interventions while interacting with hydrological, biological and social systems due to the proposed mining activity its life time of construction, operation and mine closure including emergency scenarios both natural and manmade. The conceptual site model of mining activity before and during mining activity area presented in Figure 4.1 – 4.2, while the generic impact networks for each aspect of environment are presented in Figure 4.3 to 4.7.

Figure 4.1 Conceptual site model of mining activity (Site Preparation)

4-5 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 4.2 Conceptual site model of mining activity (During Mining)

Figure 4.3 Impacts on Air Environment

4-6 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 4.4 Impacts on Water Environment

Figure 4.5 Noise Impact on Surrounding Environment

4-7 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Figure 4.6 Impact of Solid Waste on Soil Quality

Figure 4.7 Socio- Economic Environment

4-8 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

4.2 Prediction and Assessment of Impacts

Based on the above images and tables the impacts are identified with respect to the current mining project. The identified impacts are assessed by posing questions related to each activity of proposed color granite mining project and their interaction with environment during the life cycle of the proposed mining activity i.e., construction, operation and mine closure stages including incident and accidents scenario during operation stage. The statutory limits of ambient air quality, noise, emissions and discharges as mandated by the MoEFCC was considered to classify the quantifiable impacts as acceptable or not acceptable. However, there are few impacts that cannot be quantified, which need to be qualitatively assessed. There are a number of methods for qualitatively assessing the impacts to arrive at the significance of impact. The qualitative assessment of impacts require characterization with respect to its magnitude, geographic extent, duration, frequency, reversibility, probability of occurrence, confidence rating and impact rating. The manual published by MOEFCC prescribes the following process for determining the significance of impact; first, an impact is qualified as being either negative or positive. Second, the nature of impacts such as direct, indirect, or cumulative is determined using the impact network. Third, a scale is used to determine the severity of the effect; for example, an impact is of low, medium, or high significance. Accordingly, it was proposed to quantify the impacts which are a direct result of the activities contingent on availability of reliable prediction tools. In case the quantification is not feasible, a subjective assessment of the impact significance using Rapid Impact Assessment Matrix (RIAM) was used. Rapid Impact Assessment Matrix (RIAM) is constructed from a set of well-defined assessment criteria and a collection of specific environmental indicators or components. The environmental indicators are carefully chosen for the purpose of evaluating the potential impacts of the alternatives that are being considered (Pastakia and Jensen, 1998).

4.2.1 Methodology of Rapid Impact Assessment Matrix The RIAM is suited to EIA where a multi-disciplinary team approach is used, as it allows for data from different sectors to be analyzed against common important criteria within a common matrix, thus providing a clear assessment of the major impacts. With the assessment criteria typically arrayed as the columns of the matrix

4-9 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

and the indicators as the rows, the cells are comprised of numbers which provide a measure of the expected impacts of the indicators when measured against the assessment criteria. Technically, the assessment process is comprised of four steps that must be completed in sequence: Step I — create a set of indicators, Step II — provide numerical values for the indicators, Step III — compute environmental scores and Step IV — evaluate the alternatives. RIAM is based on the knowledge that certain specific criteria are common to all impact assessments, and by scaling these criteria it becomes possible to record the values of the assessments made. RIAM works with both negative and positive impacts. Not all criteria can be given the same weight, and so the criteria are divided into two groups: those which individually are important in their impact; and those that collectively important. The important assessment criteria fall into two groups: (A) Criteria that are of importance to the condition, and which can individually change the score obtained. (B) Criteria that are of value to the situation, but individually should not be capable of changing the score obtained. The value ascribed to each of these groups of criteria is determined by the use of a series of simple formulae. These formulae allow the scores for the individual components to be determined on a defined basis.

The process can be expressed: (a1) x (a2) = aT (b1) + (b2) + (b3) = bT (aT) x (bT) = ES Group (A) criteria

Importance of condition (A1)

A measure of the importance of the condition, which is assessed against the spatial boundaries or human interests it will affect. The scales are defined:

4 = important to national/international interests 3 = important to regional/national interests 2 = important to areas immediately outside the local condition 1 = important only to the local condition 0 = no importance.

4-10 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Magnitude of change/effect (A2) Magnitude is defined as a measure of the scale of benefit/dis-benefit of an impact or a condition:

+ 3 = major positive benefit + 2 = significant improvement in status quo + 1 = improvement in status quo 0 = no change/status quo - 1 = negative change to status quo - 2 = significant negative dis-benefit or change - 3 = major dis-benefit or change. Group (B) criteria

Permanence (B1) This defines whether a condition is temporary or permanent, and should be seen only as a measure of the temporal status of the condition 1 = no change/not applicable 2 = temporary 3 = permanent. Reversibility (B2) This defines whether the condition can be changed and is a measure of the control over the effect of the condition.

1 = no change/not applicable 2 = reversible 3 = irreversible. Cumulative (B3) This is a measure of whether the effect will have a single direct impact or whether there will be a cumulative effect over time, or a synergistic effect with other conditions.

1 = no change/not applicable 2 = non-cumulative/single 3 = cumulative/synergistic

4-11 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Environmental components The RIAM requires specific assessment components to be defined through a process of scoping; and these environmental components fall into one of four categories, which are defined as follows:

Physical/chemical

Covering all physical and chemical aspects of the environment, including finite (non- biological) natural resources, and degradation of the physical environment by pollution.

Biological / ecological

Covering all biological aspects of the environment, including renewable natural resources, conservation of biodiversity, species interactions, and pollution of the biosphere.

Sociological / cultural:

Covering all human aspects of the environment, including social issues affecting individuals and communities; together with cultural aspects, including conservation of heritage, and human development.

Economic / operational: To qualitatively identify the economic consequences of environmental change, both temporary and permanent, as well as the complexities of project management within the context of the project activities. The use of these four categories can be, in itself, a competent tool for EIA, though each category can be further sub-divided to identify specific environmental components that better demonstrate the possible impacts. The degree of sensitivity and detail of the system can thus be controlled by the selection and definition process for these environmental components.

Criteria for Significance of Impacts based on Environmental Scores

Environmental Score Range Bands Description of Range Bands +72 to +108 +E Major Positive Change/Impacts +36 to + 71 +D Significant Positive Change/Impacts +19 to + 35 +C Moderately positive change/impacts +10 to + 18 +B Positive Change/Impacts +1 to +9 +A Slightly Positive Change/impacts

4-12 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Environmental Score Range Bands Description of Range Bands 0 N No Change/status quo/not applicable -1 to -9 -A Slightly Negative Change/impacts -10 to - 18 -B Negative Change/Impacts -19 to - 35 -C Moderately negative change/impacts -36 to -71 -D Significant negative change/impacts -72 to -108 -E Major negative change/impacts

4.2.2 Air Environment The sources of air pollution in the proposed activity are emissions from drilling, blasting, dozing equipment and transportation vehicles, in addition to wind erosion of stockpiles. The emissions from drilling activity consists of particulate matter, while blasting activity contains residues of explosive materials used and its combustion products like oxides of nitrogen, in addition to particulate matter. . The emissions from dozing equipment and transport vehicles consist of particulate matter, sulfur dioxide, and oxides of nitrogen, which results in change in criteria air contaminants in ambient air quality. The adoption of mitigation measures like water sprinkling along the haulage roads, and covering the drill with wet gunny cloth shall reduce the impact to low levels. Wind erosion of stockpiled mineral may result in particulate pollution in the immediate surroundings. The anticipated impacts on air environment are presented in Table 4.5, and Table 4.6 presents significance of each impact based on RIAM. The impact assessment indicates that the proposed color granite mining activity in the cluster will have slightly negative change /impacts on visibility, change in odor related contaminants, and eutrophication of sensitive ecosystems, whereas negative impact is indicated on change in criteria air pollutants, change in greenhouse gases, and impact on soil and flora due to wet and dry deposition of pollutants.

4-13 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 4.5 Impacts on Air Environment

Impact

Activity Change in Criteria air contaminants Change in healthand odor related contaminants Change in greenhouse gases Change in visibility Effects on vegetation due and to wetdry deposition Effects soil on drydue and to wetdeposition Eutrophication sensitiveof ecosystem due N20deposition Construction Stage Site clearing, √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ √ Site Services √ √ √ √ √ √ Production stage Drilling √ √ Blasting √ √ √ √ √ √ Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ √ √ Transportation √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ √ √ Removal of structures √ √ √ √ Danger due to inadvertent entry √ Indicates Impact

4-14 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 4.6 Impact significance - Air Environment

Impact aT ES (B1) (B2) (B3) (A1) (b3) bT = effect(A2) of change of / Magnitude (a1)x (a2) = Importance Cumulative (b1) +(b2) + Permanence of condition of (aT) x (bT) = (aT) x (bT) = Significance Reversibility Change in Criteria air contaminants 2 -1 2 3 3 -2 7 -14 -B Change in health and odor related contaminants 1 -1 2 3 3 -1 7 -7 -A Change in greenhouse gases 2 -1 2 3 2 -2 7 -14 -B change in visibility 1 -1 2 3 2 -1 7 -7 -A Effects on vegetation due to dry and wet deposition 2 -1 2 3 2 -2 6 -12 -B Effects on soil due to dry and wet deposition 2 -1 2 3 2 -2 6 -12 -B Eutrophication of sensitive ecosystem due N20 1 -1 2 3 2 -1 6 -6 -A deposition

4-15 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

4.2.3 Details of Mathematical Modeling The change in criteria air pollutants is calculated by conducting air quality impact predictions. A large number of different mathematical models for dispersion calculations are in practice in many parts of the world. Most of the models for prediction of downwind concentrations are based on Gaussian dispersion. The principle behind the Gaussian dispersion models is Gaussian probability distribution of concentration in both vertical and horizontal cross wind directions about the plume central line.

Predictions of ground level concentrations of the pollutants were carried out based on site meteorological data collected during the study period. For calculation of predicted ground level concentrations, ISCST3 model of Lakes Environmental based on USEPA, ISCST3 algorithm is used as it has a more sophisticated algorithm incorporating deposition, better algorithm for area sources, etc.

Overview of New Features in the ISC3 Models The ISC3 models include several new features. A revised area source algorithm and revised dry deposition algorithm have been incorporated in the models. The ISC3 models also include an algorithm for modeling impacts of particulate emissions from open pit sources, such as surface coal mines. The Short-Term model includes a new wet deposition algorithm, and also incorporates the COMPLEX1 screening model algorithms for use with complex and intermediate terrain. When both simple and complex terrain algorithms are included in a Short-Term model run, the model will select the higher impact from the two algorithms on an hour-by-hour, source-by-source, and receptor by- receptor basis for receptors located on intermediate terrain, i.e., terrain located between the release height and the plume height.

Some of the model input options have changed and newer input options have been added as a result of the new features contained in the ISC3 models. The source deposition parameters have changed somewhat with the new dry deposition algorithm, and there are new source parameters needed for the wet deposition algorithm in the Short-Term model. There are also new meteorology input requirements for use of the

4-16 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

new deposition algorithms. The option for specifying elevation units has been extended to source elevations and terrain grid elevations, in addition to receptor elevations.

The utility programs, STOLDNEW, BINTOASC, and METLIST have not been updated. While they may continue to be used as before, they are not applicable to the new deposition algorithms in the ISC3 models. The salient features of the ISCST3 model are presented below Table 4.7. The air quality predictions have been made using the model evaluation protocol for fugitive dust impact modeling for surface coal mining operations (EPA 1995, EPA 1994).

Table 4.7 Salient Features of the ISCST3 Model Item Details Model name ISCST3 (Based on USEPA algorithm) Source Types Point, Area, Volume, Open Pits Dispersion Equation Steady State Gaussian Plume Equation Diffusion Parameters Pasqual Gifford Co-efficient Plume Rise Briggs Equation Time Average 1 hr to Annual/Period Has Short Term and Long-Term modeling options Deposition Both Dry and Wet Deposition Application Input data: (i) Source Data mine coordinates, base elevation, emission rates of pollutants (ii) Receptor Data Grid interval, number of receptors, receptor elevations (iii) Meteorological Hourly meteorological data i.e. wind speed, direction, data ambient temperature, stability and mixing heights

Model Formulation

The model uses the following steady state Gaussian plume equation. The basic equation for calculating the concentration of pollutants for any point in x, y, z coordinates is given below:

C(x,y,z,H) = Q/2yz U exp[-1/2(y/y)2]x[exp{-1/2(z-h/z)2} + exp {-1/2 (z+H/z) 2}] Where C= Concentration of pollutants in mg/cu m Q= Strength of emissions in g/sec. H= Effective Height (m), i.e., physical height + plume raise y, z= diffusion coefficients in y and z directions in m. U= average wind velocity in m/sec. The following assumptions are made in Gaussian dispersion model.

4-17 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

This model assumes no diffusion in the down wind direction and thus applicable to a plume and not a puff of pollutant. The dispersion parameter values used for horizontal dispersion coefficient and vertical dispersion coefficients are those given in the “Work book of atmospheric dispersion estimates”. These dispersion coefficients assume a sampling time of about 10min., the height values of interest to be in the lowest several hundred meters of the atmosphere, a surface corresponding to the open country. The stacks are tall enough to be free from building turbulence so that no aerodynamic down wash occurs. The given stability exists from ground level to well above the top of the plume.

The Gaussian dispersion model has been tested extensively for its validity and found to be reasonably applicable for different atmospheric conditions. BIS has also adopted this basic plume dispersion model. Hence the same model is adopted for predictions of downwind concentrations of pollutants in this report.

Meteorological Data Data recorded by the weather monitoring station at site on wind speed, direction, solar isolation, temperature and cloud cover at one hourly interval for three months i.e. One full season has been used for computations.

Mixing Height The mixing heights for ambient air quality predictions are adopted from Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere in India by S.D Attri, Siddartha Singh, B. Mukhopadhya and A.K Bhatnagar, Published by Indian Metrological Department, New Delhi, 2008. The mixing heights range from 650 to 1450 m during summer season. There is no record of inversion for this area (reference: Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere in India by S.D Attri, Siddartha Singh, B. Mukhopadhya and A.K Bhatnagar, Published by Indian Metrological Department, New Delhi, 2008). There is no record of inversion in this area as observed from the IMD data.

4.2.4 Emissions from Mining activity and transportation The speciation of PM based on the particle size was done using AP-42 emission factors of USEPA. The emission rate of PM is presented in Annexure.

4-18 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

4.2.5 Air Quality Predictions (Terms of Reference No. 23)

Prediction of ground level concentrations of pollutants was carried out based on site meteorological data collected during the study period. For calculation of ground level concentrations, a grid of 10 X 10 km with a receptor interval of 400 meters is considered.

The composition of particulate matter was obtained from USEPA AIRCHIEF AP-42 and the same was considered in determining the source concentration of PM10 and

PM2.5 for prediction purpose. It may be observed that the predicted maximum 24 hourly GLC’s of PM10 and PM10 are 10.55 and 3.62 g/m3 respectively and the maximum values are observed at mining area only and the cluster including Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu, Raghavendra Granites, Andru Suresh Babu, Chitturi Kedarnath, Bharath Exports, Sri Eswar Granites, Amaravathi Mines, Kum. M. Raga Sindhuri, Sri S. Sarath Chandra, Sanjana Exports, Devi Impex, Mahalakshmi granites and awaiting LOI for Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu, Raghavendra Granites and other leases obtained EC etc. The isopleths of predicted ground level concentration are graphically presented in Figure 4.7 to 4.9. The predicted ground level concentration at various ambient air quality monitoring locations and the valued eco component of reserve forests in the impact area are presented in Table 4.8. The cumulative ground level concentration considering the observed ambient air quality values is presented in Table 4.9. It may be observed that there is a marginal increase in the ambient air quality of surrounding area due to proposed mining activity.

The mitigation measures proposed for controlling fugitive dust shall ensure that the impact is local in scope and their effects can be distinguished from the natural range of variability in physical, chemical and biological characteristics and processes. The impact magnitude is low with less than 1 g/m3 change in the ambient air quality, confined to study area only. The impact occurs continuously during mining operations and manifests long term throughout operations; however, it is reversible after mining activity is completed. The certainty of impact is high based on quantitative evaluation of site-specific data while the level of confidence is high as the quantitative prediction is considered to be reliable, with a high probability of

4-19 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

occurrence. The residual effect of the impact is dry deposition of particulate in mine lease area, which may join surface runoff and increase sediment load.

Table 4.8 Predicted GLC’s at Monitoring Locations

Distance from Direction Predicted GLC, g/m3 S. No Location Name Site, km form site PM10 PM2.5 Buffer Zone A-02 Chenupalli S 2.3 0.05 0.02 A-03 Mallayapalem NE 1.4 0.34 0.12 A-04 Kopparapalem NE 1.3 0.18 0.06 A-05 Sommavarapaddu NE 2.3 0.09 0.03 A-06 Sajjapuram NW 2.3 0.00 0.00 A-07 Kommalapadu SW 5.5 0.01 0.00 A-08 Ballikurava SE 4.7 0.00 0.00

4-20 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 4.9 Cumulative AAQ Concentration at various locations in the Impact Area

Predicted Cumulative Distance from Direction Concentration, g/m3 S. No Location Name GLC, g/m3 Concentration, g/m3 Site, km Form site PM10 PM2.5 PM10 PM2.5 PM10 PM2.5 Buffer Zone A-02 Chenupalli S 2.3 39 19 0.05 0.02 39.05 19.02 A-03 Mallayapalem NE 1.4 41 18 0.34 0.12 41.34 18.12 A-04 Kopparapalem NE 1.3 43 17 0.18 0.06 43.18 17.06 A-05 Sommavarapaddu NE 2.3 42 18 0.09 0.03 42.09 18.03 A-06 Sajjapuram NW 2.3 42 19 0.00 0.00 42.00 19.00 A-07 Kommalapadu SW 5.5 40 18 0.01 0.00 40.01 18.00 A-08 Ballikurava SE 4.7 44 17 0.00 0.00 44.00 17.00

4-21 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

. 5

2 3 .5 2

3 9 6 . 4

. 8

2 .5 3.52 3 4616134360304414 18 4515 4717 333322 3555525562640104111366 48 388737421234454244919311502051215222 572759293995323 4.69 5828

3.52 80 60 40 20 0040 008000 6000 4000 2000 0 -2000 -4000 -6000 -8000

-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

PLOT FILE OF HIGH 1ST HIGH 24-HR VALUES FOR SOURCE GROUP: ALL ug/m^3

3.519 4.693 5.866 7.039 8.212 9.385 10.558

COMMENTS: SOURCES:

RECEPTORS: MODELER: W IND R OSE P LOT: D ISPLA Y: W ind Speed Di rection (blowing from)

N ORTH

Team Labs and Consultants, 26.3%

21% 0 15.8% 10.5%

5.26%

Hyderabad WEST EAST

WIN D S PEED (m/ s) OUTPUT TYPE: SCALE: >= 4 .20 2.80 - 4. 20 SOUTH 1.40 - 2. 80 1:136,315 0.28 - 1. 40 Calms: 0.09 %

C OMMENTS: DATA PE RIOD:

Start Date: 2/1/2019 - 00:00 End Date: 4/30/2019 - 23:00 MOD ELER: Team Labs and Consultants, Hyderabad CALM W INDS: TOTAL COU NT:

0.09% 2136 hrs. CONC AVG. W IND SPEE D: P ROJECT N O.: 0 5 km 7.92 m/s

WRPLOT View - Lakes E nvironmental Software

MAX: PROJECT NO.:

10.55824 ug/m^3

ISC-AERMOD View - Lakes Environmental Software

Figure 4.8 PM10 Ground Level Concentrations

4-22 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

. 0

6 1 .0 6

1 1 .4 1

. 7

6 .0 1.06 1 4616134360304414 18 4515 4717 333322 3555525562640104111366 48 388737421234454244919311502051215222 572759293995323 1.41 5828

1.06 80 60 40 20 0040 008000 6000 4000 2000 0 -2000 -4000 -6000 -8000

-10000 -8000 -6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

PLOT FILE OF HIGH 1ST HIGH 24-HR VALUES FOR SOURCE GROUP: ALL ug/m^3

1.056 1.408 1.760 2.112 2.464 2.816 3.167

COMMENTS: SOURCES:

RECEPTORS: MODELER: W IND ROSE P LOT: D ISPLA Y: Wind Speed D irection (blowing from)

NOR TH

Team Labs and Consultants, 26. 3%

21% 0 15.8% 10.5%

5.26%

Hyderabad WEST EAST

W IND SPEED (m/s) OUTPUT TYPE: SCALE: >= 4.20 2.80 - 4 .20 SOUTH 1.40 - 2 .80 1:136,315 0.28 - 1 .40 Calm s: 0.0 9%

C OMME NTS: DA TA PE RIOD:

Start Date: 2/1/2019 - 00:00 End Date: 4/30/2019 - 23:00 MOD ELER: Team Labs and Con sultants, Hyderabad CA LM WINDS: TOTA L COUNT:

0.09% 2136 hrs. CONC AV G. W IND S PEED : PR OJEC T NO.: 0 5 km 7.92 m/s

WR PLOT View - Lakes Environmental Softw are

MAX: PROJECT NO.:

3.16746 ug/m^3 ISC-AERMOD View - Lakes Environmental Software

Figure 4.9 PM2.5 Ground Level Concentrations

4-23 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

4.3 Occupational Health Hazards Due to Dust Pollution

The mining activity results in mainly particulate emission and dust pollution. Progressive disintegration of suspended solid particles or dust results in major health problems. This micron sized particles, once air-borne, are extremely difficult to be collected or trapped. Due to the minute size of the particles, the ambient environment remains clear giving a deceptive sense of security to the workers and the management.

Dust will have impact on the health of the workers and the population of surrounding villages due to dry deposition of particulates. Lung function is impaired due to both respirable and non-respirable dust particles. Chronic exposure leads to respiratory illnesses like asthma, emphysema, severe dyspnea (shortness of breath), and bronchitis and in extreme cases pneumoconiosis or the black-lung disease of miners. The effect of dust is harmful to human health, necessitating implementation of effective occupational health and safety practices. The impact within the mine lease area is moderate negative with low magnitude, as the impact is localized, and is reversible with employee rotation, implementation of dust pollution mitigation measures and occupational health and safety practices. The impact on habitation is not significant as the predicted ground level concentrations are very low contributing to minor increase to AAQ, which is within the prescribed NAAQ standards.

4.4 Noise Environment

The source of noise during mining operation is loading, vehicular movement. Loading operations are intermittent during mine working hours, while vehicle movement is intermittent. The noise sources contribute to increase in background noise levels. The monitored values for noise levels are within the prescribed levels of CPCB. The incremental noise levels due to these activities were predicted and the values reflect low impact outside the premises. The incremental noise levels however shall have direct negative impact on the noise levels, with low significance due to mitigation measures and also due to absence of sensitive receptors within 1400 m of the sources. The impact significance is calculated using RIAM. The impacts due to various activities during the life time of the project including the emergency scenarios on noise levels is presented in Table 4.10. The impact significance on noise levels is presented

4-24 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

in Table 4.11. The impact assessment indicates that the proposed color granite mining activity in the cluster will have slightly negative change/impacts on ambient noise, whereas negative impact is indicated on change in criteria noise environment, due to its low magnitude and occasional frequency.

4.4.1 Prediction of Impact on Noise Quality The change is criteria Noise environment is calculated by conducting noise quality impact predictions. The sound pressure level generated by noise source decreases with increasing distance from the source due to wave divergence. An additional decrease in sound pressure levels also occurs with increasing distance from the source due to atmospheric effect or interaction with the objects in the transmission path. This is due to excess attenuation. The sound pressure level is also affected by medium of travel and environmental conditions. The propagation model has been devised to take into account these factors and predict the noise levels at various distances round a single or a multiple source. The model uses the following formula as a basis for such predictions.

(Lob) = (Lr) - (Ldiv) - (Latm) Where (Lob) = Observed noise level at a distance R from source (Lr) = Noise level of source measured at reference distance r (Ldiv) = Loss due to divergence at distance R from source = 20 log (R/r) (Latm) = Attenuation due to atmosphere at distance R from the source. = a x R/100, where a is atmospheric attenuation coefficient in dB (A)/100m. For hemispherical wave divergence in a homogenous loss free atmosphere (Latm) = 0. The total impact of all sources at particular place is then estimated by adding as the contribution of noise from each of the following sources as follows;

i=n (Lob)i/10 (Leq) = 10 log  {10 } i=1 Where n = total number of sources

The calculated noise levels are further super imposed (logarithmically) on the background noise levels. The model assumes that the noise spectrum is mainly centered on a spectrum of 1000 Hz and attenuation due to building materials is also at the same frequency.

4-25 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

The major sources of noise generation are excavation, loading, truck moment, DG set, which emit noise level of maximum 90 dB (A) - 110 dB (A) at a reference distance of 1m from the source. The predicted cumulative noise levels due to the source and the existing level as calculated from the logarithmic model without noise attenuation ranged between 55 and 75 Db (A) at distances ranging between 70 to 135 m which falls within the mine boundary. The impact of noise on the population in the surrounding area will be negligible, as the nearest habitation is 1.3 m away from the site.

4-26 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 4.10 Impacts on Noise Level Impact Change in Change in Effects on sensitive Noise and behavior ambient noise receptors leading to vibration due to levels gradual impairment Activity noise Construction Stage Site clearing, √ √ √ Road Formation √ √ √ Production stage Drilling √ √ √ √ Blasting √ √ √ √ Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ Transportation √ √ √ √ Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents Accidents during transport of material √ Extreme Weather phenomenon Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and sealing Removal of structures √ √ √ Danger due to inadvertent entry √ √ √ √ Indicates Impact Table 4.11 Impact Significance – Noise Level Importance (a1) (b1) + (aT) Magnitude Cumu- of Permanence Reversibility x (b2) + x Signi- of change/ lative condition (B1) (B2) (a2) (b3) = (bT) ficance effect (A2) (B3) Impact (A1) = aT bT = ES Change in ambient noise levels 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A Change in behaviour due to noise 1 -1 2 2 2 -1 6 -6 -A Effects on sensitive receptors 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A leading to gradual impairment

4-27 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

4.4.2 Occupational Health Hazards of Noise Pollution

Exposure to noise levels, above TLV, has been found to have detrimental effect on the workers' health. Mineworkers working for more than 4 to 4.5 hours per shift will be greatly affected, unless suitable mitigation measures are adopted. The health impact of high noise levels on exposed workers may reflect in annoyance, fatigue, temporary shift of threshold limit of hearing, permanent loss of hearing, hypertension, high blood cholesterol and etc. Noise pollution poses a major health risk to the mineworkers. When noise in the form of waves impinges the eardrum, it begins to vibrate, stimulating other delicate tissues and organs in the ear. If the magnitude of noise exceeds the tolerance limits, it is manifested in the form of discomfort leading to annoyance and in extreme cases to loss of hearing. Detrimental effects of noise pollution are not only related to sound pressure level and frequency, but also on the total duration of exposure and the age of the person. Table 4.12 presents frequency levels and associated mental and physical response of humans. The impact within the mine lease area is moderately negative with low magnitude, as the impact is localized, and is reversible with employee rotation, implementation occupational health and safety practices.

Table 4.12 Noise Exposure Levels and Its Effects

S. No Noise Level dB (A) Exposure Time Effects 1 85 Continuous Safe 2 85-90 Continuous Annoyance and irritation 3 90-100 Short term Temporary shift in hearing threshold, generally with complete recovery. 4 Above 100 Continuous Permanent loss of hearing Short Term Permanent hearing loss can be avoided 5 100-110 Several years Permanent deafness 6 110-120 Few months Permanent deafness 7 120 Short term Extreme discomfort 8 140 Short term Discomfort with actual pain 9 150 and above Single exposure Mechanical damage to the ear

4-28 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

4.5 Water Environment

The mine lease area is a hill terrain. There are no major surface water bodies within Mine lease area and the proposed mining activity is away from the drain. It is proposed to utilize groundwater from nearby villages for domestic purpose and it is proposed to utilize stored storm water for other mining operations like dust suppression and etc. The release of effluents may change ground water quality, change in run off quality, change in ground water and surface water interaction, change in channel morphology leading to deterioration of production levels of both terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna, resulting in higher concentrations of chemicals in food chain. The impacts due to various activities during the life time of the project including the emergency scenarios on water environment for both surface water and ground water is presented in Tables 4.13 and 4.14 respectively. The impact significance is calculated using RIAM and presented in Tables 4.15 and 4.16 respectively for both surface and ground water environment respectively. The mitigation measure shall hence ensure that the impact is of low significance.

The impact assessment indicates that the proposed color granite mining activity in the cluster will have slightly negative change/impacts on runoff quantity, change in runoff peak flow, and change in erosion and sedimentation, whereas negative impact is indicated on quality of surface water.

4-29 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 4.13 Impacts on Surface Water Change in Change Change Change Dry and Impact Change surface in in in Change in Change in wet in and runoff surface Surface channel erosion and deposition runoff ground peak drainage water morphology sedimentation leading to Activity quantity water flow pattern Quality acidity interaction Construction Stage Site clearing, √ √ √ √ √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Site Services √ √ √ √ Production stage Drilling √ √ √ √ √ Blasting √ √ √ √ √ Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ √ Transportation √ √ Operation Stage - Incidents and

Accidents Accidents during transport of √ √ material Extreme Weather phenomenon √ √ √ √ √ √ Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Removal of structures √ √ √ √ √ Danger due to inadvertent entry √ Indicates Impact

4-30 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 4.14 Impacts on Ground Water Impact Change in Change to Change in Change in ground ground water ground water ground water water and surface Activity quantity quality flow regime water interaction Construction Stage Site clearing, √ √ √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ Site Services √ √ Production stage Drilling √ √ Blasting √ √ Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ Transportation Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents Accidents during transport of material √ Extreme Weather phenomenon √ √ √ Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ √ √ Removal of structures √ √ √ Danger due to inadvertent entry Table 4.15 Impacts Significance - Surface Water Importa Magnitude (b1) + Reversi Cumula nce of of Permane (a1) x (a2) (b2) + (aT) x (bT) Significa Impact bility tive conditi change/effe nce (B1) = aT (b3) = = ES nce (B2) (B3) on (A1) ct (A2) bT Change in runoff quantity 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A Change in runoff peak flow 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A Change in surface drainage 1 -1 3 3 3 -1 9 -9 -A pattern Change in Surface water 2 -1 2 3 2 -2 7 -14 -B Quality

4-31 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Change in surface and 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A ground water interaction Change in channel 2 -1 3 3 3 -2 9 -18 -C morphology Change in erosion and 2 -1 2 2 2 -2 6 -12 -B sedimentation Dry and wet deposition 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A leading to acidity Table 4.16 Impacts Significance - Ground Water Cu Importanc Magnitude Perm (a1) (b1) + Revers mul (aT) x e of of anen x (b2) + Signif Impact/aspect ibility ativ (bT) = condition change/effe ce (a2) (b3) = icance (B2) e ES (A1) ct (A2) (B1) = aT bT (B3) Change in ground water quantity 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A Change to ground water quality 1 -1 2 2 2 -1 6 -6 -A Change in ground water flow regime 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A Change in ground water and surface 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A water interaction

4-32 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

4.6 Land Environment The mining cycle in the mine lease area would result in change in land use from government wasteland to mining. The proposed mining plan involves construction of site services. There is a major alteration of terrain, as mining activity involves removal of a hillock. The impact significance is calculated using RIAM. The impacts due to various activities during the life time of the project including the emergency scenarios on land environment is presented in Table 4.17. The impact significance on land environment is presented in Table 4.18.

The impact assessment indicates that the proposed mining activity in the cluster will have slightly negative change/impacts on soil profile due to its disturbance, change in erosion, soil bio diversity and ecological integrity: C/N ratio, whereas negative impact is indicated due to alteration of terrain, Loss of nutrients due to land use operations, and impact on soil and flora due to wet and dry deposition of pollutants.

4-33 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 4.17 Impacts on Land Environment Groun Soil bio Lan d Change in Impact Soil Accidenta diversity Change Alte d sealing acid buffering Loss of profi l releases and Soil in filter ratio capa : function due emissio le Eros leading to ecologic comp function n of bilit change to wet and dry n distu ion degradati al actio : terra y in deposition: protecti rban on of soil integrity n permea in effe water CEC and base on Activity ce quality : C/N bility cts balanc saturation ratio e Factors Construction Stage Site clearing, √ √ √ √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Site Services construction √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Production stage Drilling √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Blasting √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Transportation √ √ Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents Accidents during transport of √ √ material Extreme Weather phenomenon √ √ √ Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Removal of structures √ Danger due to inadvertent entry √ Indicates Impact

4-34 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 4.18 Impact Significance – Land environment

(aT Importanc Magnitude (a1) (b1) + Perma Cumu ) x e of of Reversib x (b2) + Significa Impact nence lative (bT condition change/effec ility (B2) (a2) (b3) = nce (B1) (B3) ) = (A1) t (A2) = aT bT ES Soil profile disturbance 1 -3 3 3 2 -3 8 -24 -C Erosion 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A Accidental releases leading to degradation of 1 -1 2 2 2 -1 6 -6 -A soil quality Soil bio diversity and ecological integrity: 1 -2 3 2 2 -2 7 -14 -B C/N ratio Alteration of terrain 1 -3 3 2 2 -3 7 -21 -C Land capability effects 1 -3 3 2 2 -3 7 -21 -C Soil compaction 1 -1 2 2 2 -1 6 -6 -A Ground sealing: change in water balance 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A Change in filter function: permeability 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A Change in acid buffering function due to wet -1 1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A and dry deposition: CEC and base saturation Loss of emission protection 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A Loss of nutrients due to land use operations 1 -1 3 3 2 -1 7 -7 -A

4-35 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

4.7 Biological Environment

The ecological factors that are considered most significant as far as the impact on flora and fauna concerned are:

1. Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity? 1. Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation? 2. Whether there shall be any additional risk or threat to the rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species? 3. Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as (i) disruption of food chains, decline in species population and or (ii) Alterations in predator-prey relationships? 4. Whether it is possible to attain the global objectives of ‘no net loss’ of biodiversity? 5. Whether it is possible to improve the biological diversity through the proposed activity? There is no direct threat to any rare or endangered or threatened biological species as indicated by the baseline data, due to the proposed project, as the proposed construction area has sparse vegetation.

The project is not going to cause any fragmentation of habitat or disruption of food cycles or destruction of breeding grounds or blockade of migratory routes. The major impacts of the project are mainly during construction and subsequently on account of atmospheric pollution. The industry is required to limit its emissions as per the NAAQ of 2009. It has to strictly adhere to the conditions stipulated by the regulatory bodies. The project authorities are going to take all steps and measures in order to strictly comply with National Ambient Air Quality Standards of 2009. The project may not have impacts on terrestrial flora and fauna. Further, as there are no rare or endangered or threatened (RET) species within the impact area, the project does not pose any direct threat to the survival of any rare species. Hence, the proposed project activity is unlikely to pose any additional threat to REET species in the impact area. It may be concluded that the impacts are indirect, and positive due to increasing the density of green belt, and of low significance. The impacts due to various activities during the life time of the project including the emergency scenarios on flora and fauna are presented in Tables 4.19 and 4.20 respectively. The impact significance on Flora and Fauna are presented in Tables 4.21 and 4.22 respectively.

4-36 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

The impact assessment indicates that the proposed mining activity in the cluster will have slightly negative change/impacts on Habitat availability – due to loss or alteration of habitat, fragmentation of Habitat, and reduced habitat connectivity, whereas negative impact is indicated due to possible reduction in abundance/diversity, and impact on soil and flora due to wet and dry deposition of pollutants.

4-37 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 4.19 Impacts on Flora Reduction in Reduction Potential Impact Terrestrial Removal of species and in acid input Fragmentation vegetation traditionally community landscape and N2 of habitat Activity reduction used plants diversity diversity deposition Construction Stage Site clearing, √ √ √ √ √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ Site Services √ √ Production stage √ Drilling √ Blasting √ Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ Transportation Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents Accidents during transport of material Extreme Weather phenomenon Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ Removal of structures √ √ Danger due to inadvertent entry √ Indicates Impact

4-38 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 4.20 Impacts on Fauna Impact Habitat Reduced Increased Reduced Habitat availability- loss habitat mortality abundance/ fragmentation Activity or alteration connectivity risk diversity Construction Stage Site clearing, √ √ √ √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ Site Services √ √ √ Production stage Drilling Blasting Dozing, Loading and Unloading Transportation Operation Stage - Incidents and Accidents Accidents during transport of material √ Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ Removal of structures √ √ Danger due to inadvertent entry √ Indicates Impact

4-39 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 4.21 Impact Significance – Flora

Impact (B2) (B2) (A2) = bT= Significance Reversibility change/effect Magnitudeof Importance of condition (A1) (a1) x (a2) aT = (aT) x (bT) = (aT) x ES (bT) = Cumulative(B3) (b1) (b2) + (b3)+ Permanence (B1) Habitat availability - loss or -1 1 -1 3 2 3 8 -8 -A alteration Habitat fragmentation 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A Reduced habitat connectivity 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A Increased mortality risk 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A Reduced abundance/diversity 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A

Table 4.22 Impact Significance – Fauna (b1) Magnitude (a1) + (aT) Importance of Permanence Reversibility Cumulative x (b2) x Impact of condition Significance change/effect (B1) (B2) (B3) (a2) + (bT) (A1) (A2) = aT (b3) = ES = bT Habitat availability - loss or -1 1 -1 3 2 3 8 -8 -A alteration Habitat fragmentation 1 -1 3 2 3 -1 8 -8 -A Reduced habitat -1 -A 1 -1 3 2 2 7 -7 connectivity Increased mortality risk 1 -1 3 2 2 -1 7 -7 -A Reduced -1 -A 1 -1 3 2 3 8 -8 abundance/diversity

4-40 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

4.8 Socio-economic Environment The proposed project envisages additional employment to people, which will have a direct positive impact. The proximity of the site has adequate infrastructure with respect to housing, education, transport, health and civic amenities, and hence have low impact on infrastructure availability. The impact on health was assessed by air quality impact predictions and was observed to be within prescribed NAAQ standards. The proposed CER activities from the company shall also enhance the public approval for the project and ensure improvement in infrastructure in the surrounding villages. The impacts due to various activities during the mining cycle on Socio-economic environment is presented in Table 4.23. The impact significance calculated using RIAM method on socio-economic environment is presented in Table 4.24.

The impact assessment indicates that the proposed color granite mining activity in the cluster will have moderately positive impact due to employment generation, negative impact due to possible migration of employees into this area (due to cluster), pressure on social infrastructure, on health due to emissions from mining activity and transport, stress on common water resources. The cluster shall have moderately negative impact on the transport infrastrure, while slightly negative impact is observed due to demand for additional housing, stress on municipal/panchayath infrastructure, stress on traditional land use, and concerns related to public safety due to increased pollution levels and transport related incidents. Positive impacts are observed due to change in quality of life, increased community expectations, possible additional employment for women resulting better gender equity, and business opportunity for locals in associated activities.

4-41 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 4.23 Impacts on Socio Economic Impact on Co Muni Im Cha Impact Mig Ho Tr Tra commo mm Ge He Socia cipal/ pa nge Busi rati usi aff diti n water unit nd alt Public Empl l Local ct in ness on: ng ic onal resource y er h safety oym infras Body on qual oppo in im Im use both exp eq co concer ent tructu Infra he ity rtuni and ap pa imp ground ecta uit nce n re struct alt of ty Activity out ct ct act and tion y rn ure h life surface s water Construction Stage Site clearing, √ Road Formation √ √ √ √ √ Site Services √ √ √ √ √ Production stage √ Drilling √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Blasting √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Dozing, Loading and Unloading √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Transportation √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Operation Stage - Incidents and

Accidents Accidents during transport of √ material Extreme Weather phenomenon √ √ Mine Closure Removal, Back filling and sealing √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Removal of structures √ Danger due to inadvertent entry √ Indicates Impact

4-42 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 4.24 Impact Significance – Socio Economic Importance (b1) + (aT) Magnitude (a1) x of Permanence Reversibility Cumulative (b2) + x Impact of change (a2) = Significance condition (B1) (B2) (B3) (b3) = (bT) /effect (A2) aT (A1) bT = ES Employment 2 +2 2 2 3 +4 7 +24 +C Migration: in and out 2 -1 2 2 3 -2 7 -14 -B Housing impact 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A Social infrastructure 2 -1 2 2 3 -2 7 -14 -B Municipal/Local Body 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A Infrastructure Traffic Impact 2 -2 2 2 3 -4 7 -28 -C Traditional use impact 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A Impact on health 2 -1 2 2 3 -2 7 -14 -B Impact on common water resource both 2 -1 2 2 3 -2 7 -14 -B ground and surface water Change in quality of life 2 +1 2 2 3 +2 7 +14 +B Community 2 +1 2 2 3 +2 7 +14 +B expectations Gender equity 2 +1 2 2 3 +2 7 +14 +B Business opportunity 2 +1 2 2 3 +2 7 +14 +B Health concern 2 -1 2 2 3 -2 7 -14 -B Public safety concern 1 -1 2 2 3 -1 7 -7 -A

4-43 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

4.9 Prediction of Impact on Vehicular Traffic

As the plant is connecting to the Chennupalli to Mallayapalem road, there will not be any unauthorized shop or settlements along the road connecting the plant site. The traffic density of the connecting road is low mainly consisting of local transport, commercial and passenger vehicle traffic. material is transported by road using road trucks. The additional traffic generated due to the proposed mining project. There will be marginal increase in the traffic density.

Modified level of service for connecting roads considering the additional truck trips due to cluster mining are presented in Table 4.25.

Table 4.25 Modified level of services for connecting roads due to cluster Road Existing Existing Additional Modified Modified Modified volume, volume/ volume Volume volume/ Los & PCU/hr Capacity Capacity performance Chennupalli to A 41 0.039 98 153 0.109 Mallayapalem road (Excellent)

4-44 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

CHAPTER 5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.0 Introduction

The proposed mining activity is located at Sy. No. 359 (part), Ballikurava Village and Mandal, Prakasam District, Andhra Pradesh in an area of 8.46 ha. Analysis of alternatives was undertaken to assess sites, process and technology and treatment options. The mining activity is site specific activity, and the selection of site is based on availability of mineral. The objective of this assessment is to identify best available technology not entailing excessive costs, and to reduce pollution loads by optimizing both raw material and resource consumption.

5.1 Alternative Sites

The availability of colour granite at this site facilitated the mine lease grant from Government of Andhra Pradesh. The proposed mine lease area is away from any sensitive locations. The mineral prospecting was done and accordingly a mine plan was prepared. There are no archaeological, historical, cultural or defence installation with in 10 km from the mine lease boundary. There is no national park and wildlife sanctuary/ecologically sensitive areas within 10 km from the mine lease boundary. The mine lease area is not part of any flood plain.

5.2 Alternatives in Technology

Type of mining is contingent on geological, topographical conditions of the mine lease area, type of mineral and production capacity envisaged. The present case has mining with production capacity of 85780.74 m3/annum (Colour granite - recovery @ 15% - 12867.11 m3/annum and waste @ 85% - 72913.63 m3/annum). The mining process was detailed in the mining plan and the same is as follows. The mining cycle involves removal of top soil, which is a suitable building material known as gravel, and has high demand for road construction and other building construction.

The process of Colour Granite mining will be opencast semi-mechanized mining drilling, wire Shaw cutting and without blasting. It involves drilling, excavating and loaded to trucks with the help of escalator and transported through trucks.

5- 1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

CHAPTER 6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 INTRODUCTION

The environmental monitoring programme provides such information on which management decision may be taken during mine planning and operation phases. It provides basis for evaluating the efficiency of mitigation and pollution control measures and suggest further actions that need to be taken to achieve the desired effect as part of adaptive management.

The monitoring includes: -

(i) Visual observations;

(ii) Selection of environmental parameters at specific locations;

(iii) Sampling and regular testing of these parameters.

6.1.1 Objectives

The objectives of the environmental monitoring programme are:

 Evaluation of the efficiency of mitigation and pollution control measures;

 Updating of the actions and impacts of baseline data;

 Adoption of additional mitigation measures if the present measures are insufficient;

 Generating data, which may be incorporated in environmental management plan in future projects.

6.1.2 Methodology

Monitoring methodology covers the following key aspects:

 Components to be monitored;

 Parameters for monitoring of the above components;

 Monitoring frequency;

 Monitoring standards;

6- 1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

 Responsibilities for monitoring;

 Direct responsibility,

 Overall responsibility;

 Monitoring costs.

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu proposed mining of Colour Granite using opencast semi mechanised method. Environmental monitoring of the parameters involved and the threshold limits specified are discussed below.

6.1.3 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring

Ambient air quality parameters recommended are Particulate Matter (Size Less

than 10µm) or PM10, Particulate Matter (Size Less than 2.5µm) or PM2.5, Oxides of

Nitrogen (NOX) and Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Carbon Monoxide (CO). These are to be monitored at designated locations starting from the day of operation of additional capacity. Data should be generated at all identified locations in accordance to the National Ambient Air Quality Standards; location, duration and the pollution parameters to be monitored and the responsible institutional arrangements are detailed out in the Environmental Monitoring Plan. Fugitive emission will be monitored in the predominant wind direction as per MoEF&CC guidelines. The National Ambient Air Quality standards are presented in Table 6.1.

Table 6.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards

Time Concentration in Ambient Air Pollutant Weighted Average IRR ESA Methods of Measurement Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Annual* 50 20 Improved west and Gaeke μg/m3 24 Hours** 80 80 Ultraviolet fluorescence Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) , Annual* 40 30 Modified Jacob & Hochheiser μg/m3 24 Hours** 80 80 Chemiluminescence Particulate Matter (Size Less Annual* 60 60 Gravimetic than 10µm) or PM10 , μg/m3 24 Hours** 100 100 TOEM Beta Attenuation Particulate Matter (Size Less Annual* 40 40 Gravimetic than 2.5µm) or PM2.5 μg/m3 TOEM 24 Hours** 60 60 Beta Attenuation Ozone (O3) , μg/m3 8 hours** 100 100 UV Photometric

6- 2 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Time Concentration in Ambient Air Pollutant Weighted Average IRR ESA Methods of Measurement Chemilminescence 1 hour** 180 180 Chemical Method Lead (Pb), μg/m3 Annual* 0.50 0.50 AAS after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper 24 hours** 1.0 1.0 ED - XRF using Teflon filter. Carbon Monoxide (CO), 8 hours** 02 02 Non Dispersive Infra Red (NDIR) mg/m3 1 hour** 04 04 Spectroscopy Ammonia (NH3), μg/m3 Annual* 100 100 Chemilminescence 24 hours** 400 400 Indophenol blue method Gas Chromotography based continuous analyzer Benzene (C6H6), μg/m3 Annual* 05 05 Absorption and Desorption followed by GC analysis Benzo (o) Pyrene (BaP) – Annual* 01 01 Solvent extraction followed by Particulate Phase only, HPLC/GC analysis ng/m3 Arsenic (As), ng/m3 Annual* 06 06 AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter Nickel (Ni), ng/m3 Annual* 20 20 paper IRR, Industrial, Residential, Rural and ESA-Ecological Sensitive Area. G.S.No.826 (E) dated 16th November, 2009. Vide letter no. F. No. Q-15017/43/2007-CPW *Annual Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval. **24 hourly/8/1 hourly monitored values as applicable, shall be complied with 98 percent of the time in a year.2% of time they may be exceeded the limits but not on two consecutive days of monitoring.

6.1.4 Water Quality Monitoring

The physical and chemical parameters recommended for analysis of water quality relevant are pH, total solids, total dissolved solids, total suspended solids, oil and grease, COD. The location, duration and the pollution parameters to be monitored and the responsible institutional arrangements are detailed in the Environmental Monitoring Plan. The monitoring of the water quality is to be carried out at all identified locations in accordance to the Indian Standard Drinking Water Specification – IS 10500:2012 presented in Table 6.2.

6- 3 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Table 6.2 Indian Standard Drinking Water Specifications – IS: 10500:2012 Desirable Permissible Methods of Test Substance or Characteristics Undesirable Effect Outside the Desirable Limit Limit Limit (Ref. To IS) Physical Parameters Colour, Hazen units, Max. 5 Above 5, consumer acceptance decreases 15 3025 (part 04) : 1983 Odour Agreeable - Agreeable 3025 (Parts5) : 2012 PH Value 6.5 to 8.5 Beyond this range, the water will affect the NR 3025 (Part 11) : 2006 mucous membrane and/or water supply system Taste Agreeable - Agreeable 3025 (Part 7& 8) : 2006 Turbidity NTU, Max. 1 Above 5, consumer acceptance decreases 5 3025 (Part 10) : 2006 Total Dissolved solids mg/l, Max 500 Beyond this palatability decreases and may cause 2000 3025 (Part 16) : 2006 gastro intestinal irritation General Parameters Aluminium (as Al), mg/l, Max 0.03 Cumulative effect is reported to cause dementia 0.2 3025 (part 55) : 2009 Ammonia (as total ammonia-N), 0.5 - NR 3025 (part 34) : 2009 mg/l, Max Anionic detergents (As MBAS) mg/l, 0.2 Beyond this limit it can cause a light froth in 1 13428 Annex K Max water Barium (as Ba), mg/l, Max 0.7 May lead to Cardiovascular problem NR 13428 Annex F Boron, mg/l, Max 0.5 - 1 3025 (part 57):2010 75 Encrustation in water supply structure and 200 3025 (Part 40) : 2009 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l, Max adverse effects on domestic use Chlorides (as CI) mg/l, Max 250 Beyond this limit, taste, corrosion and palatibility 1000 3025 (Part 32) : 2007 are affected 0.05 Astringent taste, discoloration and corrosion of 1.5 3025 (part 42): 2009 Copper (as Cu) mg/l, Max pipes, fitting and utensils will be caused beyond this Fluoride (as F) mg/l, Max 1 Fluoride may be kept as low as possible. High 1.5 3025 (part 60) : 2008 fluoride may cause fluorosis Free Residual chlorine, mg/l, Min 0.2 - 1 3025 (Part 26) : 2009 6-4 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Desirable Permissible Methods of Test Substance or Characteristics Undesirable Effect Outside the Desirable Limit Limit Limit (Ref. To IS) Iron (as Fe) mg/l, Max 0.3 Beyond this limit taste/appearance are affected, NR 3025 (part 53): 2009 has adverse effect on domestic uses and water supply structures, and promotes iron bacteria 30 Encrustation to water supply structure and 100 3025 (part 46) : 2009 Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l, Max adverse effects on domestic use Manganese (as Mn) mg/l, Max 0.1 Beyond this limit taste/appearance are affected, 0.3 3025 (part 59): 2012 has adverse effects on domestic uses and water supply structures 0.5 Beyond this limit undesirable taste and odour NR 3025 (part 39) : 2013 Mineral oil mg/l, Max after chlorination take place Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l, Max 45 Beyond this, may cause methaemoglobinemia NR 3025 (Part 34) : 2009 Phenolic compounds (As C6H5OH) 0.001 Beyond this, it may cause objectionable taste and 0.002 3025 (part 43) : 2003 mg/l, Max colour Selenium (as Se), mg/l, Max 0.01 Beyond this, the water becomes toxic NR 3025 (part 56) : 2003 Silver (as Ag),mg/l, Max 0.1 NR 3025 (part 56) : Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l, Max 200 Beyond this causes gastro intestinal irritation 400 3025 (Part 24) : 2009 when magnesium or sodium are present

0.05 Beyond this, it may cause objectionable taste and NR 3025 (Part 29) : 2009 Sulphide (as H2S), mg/l, Max odour Total Alkalinity as Calcium 200 Beyond this limit taste becomes unpleasant 600 3025 (part 23) : 2008 carbonate, mg/l, Max 200 Encrustation in water supply structure and 600 3025 (Part 21) : 2009 Total hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l, Max adverse effects on domestic use Zinc (As Zn), Mg/l, Max 5 Beyond this limit it can cause astringent taste and 15 3025 (Part 49) : 2009 an opalescence in water Parameters consisting Toxic Substances Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, Max 0.003 Beyond this, the water becomes toxic NR 3025 (Part 41) : 2003 Chromium (As Cr6+) mg/l, Max 0.05 May be carcinogenic above this limit NR 3025 (Part 52) : 2003 Cyanide (As CN), mg/l, Max 0.05 Beyond this limit, the water becomes toxic NR 3025 (Part 27) : 2003 6-5 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Desirable Permissible Methods of Test Substance or Characteristics Undesirable Effect Outside the Desirable Limit Limit Limit (Ref. To IS) Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max 0.01 Beyond this limit, the water becomes toxic No 3025 (Part 47): 2009 relaxation Mercury (as Hg) mg/l, Max 0.001 Beyond this, the water becomes toxic NR 3025 (Part 48): 2003 Molybdenum (as Mo), mg/l, Max 0.07 Beyond this it may cause osteoporosis /bone NR 3025 (Part 02): 2004 disorders Nickel (as Ni), mg/l, Max 0.02 Beyond this it may cause allergic reaction NR 3025 (Part 54): 2003 Pesticides mg/l, Max Absent Toxic NR USEPA, GC Method Polychlorinated biphenyls, mg/l, 0.0005 May be carcinogenic NR ASTM 5175 Max Poly nuclear aromatic hydrocarbons 0.0001 May be carcinogenic NR APHA 6440 (as PAH) g/1, Max Total Arsenic (As As) mg/l, max 0.01 Beyond this, the water becomes toxic 0.05 3025 (Part 37): 2003 Parameters Concering Radioactive Substances Radioactive materials a) Alpha emitters Bq/l, Max 0.1 May be carcinogenic above this limit NR 14194 (Part 2): 2013 b) Beta emitters pci/1, Max 1 - NR 14194 (Part 1): 2013 Note : NR- No relaxation, Source: Indian Standard Drinking Water Specification-IS10500: 2012.

6-6 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

6.1.5 Noise Level Monitoring

The measurements for monitoring noise levels would be carried out at all designated locations in accordance to the Ambient Noise Standards formulated by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) in 1989 are presented in Table 6.3. Sound pressure levels would be monitored on twenty-four-hour basis. Noise should be recorded at an “A” weighted frequency using a “slow time response mode” of the measuring instrument. The location, duration and the noise pollution parameters to be monitored and the responsible institutional arrangements are detailed in the Environmental Monitoring Plan. Table 6.3 Noise level standards (CPCB)

Noise level for Day Time Type Noise level for Night Time dB (A) Leq dB (A) Industrial area 75 70 Commercial area 65 55 Residential area 55 45 Silence zone 50 40 Day time - 6.00 am - 10.00 pm (16 hours), Night time - 10.00 pm - 6.00 am (8 hours)

The monitoring plan along with the environmental parameters and the time frame is presented in the Table 6.4. Table 6.4 Environmental Monitoring Plan Important Monitoring Duration Particulars Standards monitoring Frequency of Sampling parameters Ambient Air Quality Monitoring At 3 Locations Quarterly Air 24 hrs PM10, PM2.5, Site office, Chennupalli (Prevention SO2, NOx and Mallayapalem and Control villages of Pollu- Fugitive Dust Quarterly tion) Rules, 8 hr SPM, SO2, Nox Monitoring-4 Areas CPCB, 1994 (Mine face, haul road, Mineral storage, loading) Water Quality Monitoring At 4 locations Quarterly IS: 10500 pH, TSS, TH, Working Pit, TDS & metals Chennupalli,

6- 7 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Important Monitoring Duration Particulars Standards monitoring Frequency of Sampling parameters Kopparapalem and Mallayapalem village Noise Quality Monitoring Noise Levels at 3 Quarterly Noise stan- 8 hrs Equivalent Locations; Working pit dards by Noise levels in area, Chennupalli and CPCB dB (A) Mallayapalem villages Soil Quality Monitoring Soil at 3 Locations Yearly pH, EC, CEC, Mine lease area, Moisture, Kopparapalem and Texture, Bulk Mallayapalem villages. Density etc.

6.1.6 Responsibility of Monitoring and Reporting System

The overall responsibility of monitoring the above parameters lies with the management. The mine manager shall be responsible for day to day monitoring. The monitoring shall be conducted by MOEFCC registered laboratory, either in- house or third party.

Records shall be maintained for the analysis of pit water and effluents, ambient air quality data and noise levels. These records are not only required for the perusal of the Pollution Control Board authorities but also to derive at the efficiencies of the pollution control measures as the objective of the project proponent is not only compliance with statutory regulations, but also a serious commitment towards clean environment and sustainable development. The management shall maintain the records as per the hazardous waste regulations and EPA regulations and apply for the annual consents for air and water. Reporting system provides the necessary feedback for project management to ensure quality of the mitigation measures and that the management plan in implementation. The rationale for a reporting system is based on accountability to ensure that the measures proposed as part of the Environmental Management Plan get implemented in the project.

6- 8 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

6.2 Environmental Monitoring Budget

The budget for environmental monitoring for the parameters mentioned in Table 6.4 is calculated on the basis of CPCB notification of charges for environmental monitoring and analysis. The cost estimate for environmental monitoring is presented in Table 6.5.

Table 6.5 Environmental Monitoring Budget - Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu

Unit Cost, Total Cost / Component Item Unit Rs. Year, Rs Ambient Air Quality – 3 locations Air Quarterly 6000 72000 specified in monitoring plan Fugitive dust – 4 locations specified Quarterly 2000 32000 in monitoring plan 4 locations specified in monitoring Water quality Quarterly 2000 32000 plan 3 locations specified in monitoring Noise Quarterly 1200 14400 plan 3 locations specified in monitoring Soil yearly 1800 5400 plan Total 155800

Table 6.6 Environmental Monitoring Budget – Cluster

Unit Cost, Total Cost / Component Item Unit Rs. Year, Rs. Air Ambient Air Quality – 5 locations Quarterly 5000 100000 Fugitive dust – 6 locations Quarterly 2000 48000 Once in 6 Water quality 4 locations 2000 months 16000 Noise 6 locations Quarterly 1200 28800 Soil 6 locations yearly 1800 10800 Total 203600

6- 9 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

CHAPTER 7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES (RISK ASSESSMENT)

7.1 Introduction

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu proposes production capacity of 85780.74 m3/annum (Recovery @15% - 12867.11 m3/annum and Waste @ 85% -72913.63 m3/annum) by conducting opencast mining in an area of 8.46 ha at Sy. No. 359 (part), Ballikurava Village and Mandal, Prakasam District, Andhra Pradesh.

Table 7.1 Details of Mine Lease Area

Lease Ownership of State and District Mandal Village Sy. No Area, ha the lease area Andhra Pradesh and 359 Ballikurava Ballikurava 8.46 Govt. Land Prakasam (part)

7.2 Objectives and Scope

Risk analysis has been carried out to identify the activities and materials considered hazardous and to prepare the emergency and disaster management plan for the hazards and risks anticipated from opencast mechanized mining activity for gravel and building stone. The risk assessment involves hazard identification, hazard analysis followed by disaster management plan for the identified hazards.

7.3 Mining Activity

The proponents obtained a mine lease. The semi mechanized mining activity project involves site clearance, construction of haulage road, drilling and blasting excavation, loading and transportation of mineral. The services required for the mining activity are construction of office shed, restroom, toilets. The mine lease area is spread over a hillock.

7.4 Hazard Identification

The following mine operations involve hazards and the same are listed as follows;

a. Clearance

7-1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Clearance covers all the activities associated with preparing a site ready for laying out primary roads for working a face.

It may include tree clearance, and removal of the top layers of earth. In the present case the mining activity is on a hill top with low vegetation and very less top soil removal. The primary hazards are being struck by falling trees use of power saws, and dozers used in the removal of the top layers of soil and plants and dozer usage to convey it to storage areas. b. construction of services

The hazards prevalent during the construction of new roads and buildings are falls, while working at heights and individuals being struck by moving vehicles. One of the hazards to be assessed is earth moving vehicles such as bulldozers being driven off the edge of roadways under construction. While all persons working at civil and construction works are at high risk those working at height or working with cranes, large earth moving plant will be at greater risk than those persons concerned with surveying, setting out and conveying supplies to the primary workers or those working at ground level. If suitable equipment is not used, for example if poor and badly constructed scaffolding is used there is a much higher probability of persons falling from heights or the scaffolding collapsing than if good properly constructed scaffolding is used. c. Drilling

The main hazards associated with drilling are; falls from the edge of a bench, dust created during drilling operations, noise and entrapment in or being struck by a moving part of drilling equipment. The proposed mining activity requires drilling of 6 holes in a day.

The primary hazard of a driller falling over the edge of a working or abandoned bench while the risk of minerals or materials falling onto workers at the foot of the face is a secondary hazard. While others may need to work at or near the edge of a working bench the person most at risk during the drilling operation is the driller. However, anyone working within say three meters of the edge would be liable to fall

7-2 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report over it, should they trip or accidentally slip while carrying out their work and might be considered at high risk. The highest risk will occur during drilling of first line of holes parallel with the working edge of the bench. Subsequent parallel lines of holes should not give rise to such a high-risk of falling off the edge of the bench. The hazard due to drilling operation is mainly inhalation of dust created by drilling activity. The person primarily at risk is the drill operator. Drilling operations give rise to harmful levels of noise. It is created by both drilling the hole and the operation of the drill compressor itself. It is impractical to remove the hazard at the hole but new generations of drill rig should be quieter by virtue of its design. The noise created is harmful to anyone who is within a zone around the drilling machine at which the noise level is above that considered to be safe for persons to work without having to use control measures. The risk is highest at older machines. Entrapment in or being struck by a moving and revolving part of the drilling equipment. There may be a number of hazards, principally those of moving the drilling equipment around the site, revolving parts such as drill rods and bit. Those most at risk will be persons, having need to move and operate the drilling equipment. d. Blasting

Usage of explosives has the potential for catastrophic incidents in this sector denoting highest risk. However, it must be accepted that the usage of explosives in the mining industry has been judicious and fairly incident free due to implementation of various measures envisaged by Director general mines and safety, as well as employing qualified experts and utilizing explosives with delay detonator system, and sequential blasting. The blasting activity may result in fly rock, noise and vibration damaging structures in the surrounding areas. Planning for a round of shots is necessary to ensure that the face is properly surveyed, holes correctly drilled, direction logged, the weight of explosive suitable for good fragmentation and the continuity of the initiator are a few steps necessary to ensure its safe use. Poorly designed shots can result in misfires, early ignition and flying rock.

7-3 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report e. Wire Saw cutting

Conduct a safety meeting with all wire saw operators and jobsite personnel prior to operating a wire saw. Rope off or barricade the work area with safety tape that reads “DANGER DO NOT ENTER”. Place safety cages over wire whenever possible to prevent possible injury to personnel should the wire break. Safety cages are usually made of steel and placed close of the wire in order to stop the momentum and whipping action of the wire. Personnel should never approach the wire until it has come to a complete stop. Utilize means to communicate when the cutting object is not in clear view of everyone involved in the cutting operation. For example, when cutting a door opening there should always be a trained person on the back side of the wall to ensure the area stays clear at all times. Prevent anyone from standing in the direct line of the wire during cutting operations. Twisting the wire prior to crimping the two ends of the wire is vital in order to ensure even wire wear and to prevent flat sided wear of the diamonds. The wire will always be twisted counter- clockwise with 1-2 turns per meter to ensure proper rotation of the wire when sawing. When joining two ends of the diamond cable, it is the wire saw operator’s responsibility to insure that the wire is cleanly cut. The rubber or plastic has to be completely removed from the steel cable and crimps secured on the diamond cable, properly utilizing manual or hydraulic crimpers to apply maximum pressure to the crimp as suggested by the wire manufacturer. Use an approved engine exhaust scrubber when operating gasoline- or diesel-driven wire saws in a large indoor area. When leaving a wire saw unattended, always make sure the saw cannot be restarted. Use proper lock out, tag out methods f. Face stability

Face instability gives rise to granite falls or slides. Face instability can arise due to adverse geological faulting or poor work methods. Those at greatest risk will be face workers engaged in loading material and driving vehicles. g. Loading

The hazards related to loading activity in the proposed color granite and the wastes are rock falls on the driver, dozer topping over due to uneven ground, fall of

7-4 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

driver while gaining access to dozer cabin, mechanical failure of dozers while loading.

h. Transportation

The main hazards arising from the use of transportation and large earth moving vehicles are incompetent drivers, brake failure, lack of all-around visibility from the drivers position, access to the cab, vehicle movements particularly reversing, roll over, vibration, noise, dust and maintenance. Those most at risk are the driver and pedestrians likely to be struck by the vehicle, due to blind spots in the windshields of vehicles.

7.5 Hazard Analysis

The identified hazards are compared with the accident records of non coal mining activity as presented in Table 7.2. It may be noted that fall of sides followed by dumpers, trucks etc. are the main reason for fatalities, while non transporting machinery and fall of objects are the major cause for serious accidents in the mining sector.

Table 7.2 Trend of Accidents in Non-coal Mines - Cause Wise

Number of Fatal Accidents Number of Serious Accidents Causes 2013 2014 2015 2016* 2017* 2018* 2013 2014 2015 2016* 2017* 2018* Fall of Roof 8 10 4 8 3 0 17 18 9 11 5 4 Fall of Sides 2 2 5 5 5 1 19 17 11 8 13 9 Other Ground movements 2 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 Winding in Shafts 0 0 0 1 0 0 3 5 3 0 1 11 Rope Haulage 3 1 3 5 5 0 42 33 28 26 13 10 Dumpers, Trucks etc 29 17 16 20 19 11 22 15 14 12 6 7 Other Transportation Machinery 1 1 0 3 2 0 9 2 4 7 2 5 Non-Transportation Machinery 12 15 11 8 1 7 27 25 18 17 10 7 Explosives 0 2 0 0 2 1 1 3 5 3 3 0 Electricity 7 2 4 2 2 1 2 3 3 6 6 3 Gas, Dust, Fire etc 0 1 0 4 1 1 0 2 1 0 0 0 Fall of Persons 8 2 4 5 2 3 135 129 105 87 59 48 Fall of Objects 3 2 2 2 2 0 88 59 46 43 40 25 Other Causes 2 3 5 3 3 4 91 68 54 48 25 9 Total 77 59 54 67 47 29 456 379 302 268 183 138 *Date for the year 2016 - 2018 are provisional and date for 2018 are upto 31.08.2018. Source : Annual Report 2018-19, Ministry of Labour and Employment, Government of India.

7-5 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

7.6 Disaster Management

The mine lease area is located in Prakasam District of Andhra Pradesh which falls in Zone III seismic zone considered as Moderate Damage Risk Zone. The mine lease area does not fall under any of the flood plains, and is located on a hillock. There is no record of flooding at ground level also.

The hazards identified in the preceding paragraphs are addressed and the mitigation measures for reducing and or avoiding the hazards are presented in the following paragraphs.

7.6.1 Clearance

There are no major trees in the proposed mine area, and the required activity involves mainly clearing and grubbing only. It is proposed to use fully protected power saws in case of their usage, and employees involved in clearing and grubbing shall be provided with safety helmets, face shields, gloves, and boots.

7.6.2 Construction of Services

The risk of serious injury is high during construction of services, which may be reduced by planned construction activity incorporating safety measures and observation during construction. Good well-maintained equipment and machinery is essential to reduce risk of injuries. Falling from heights which is a major contributor to accidents in mining sector may be avoided by providing properly constructed scaffolding, built by experienced persons. The drivers of earth moving equipment, transporting equipment and their attendants are trained to provide signals. The lack of training and competence in the use of such equipment is the biggest cause of failing and accidents involving the use of excavators etc., and the same shall be reduced by recruiting experienced drivers and also providing them frequent training.

7.6.3 Drilling

The employees involved in drilling are trained to face towards the open edge of the bench so any inadvertent backward step is away from the edge. It is advised to provide suitable portable rail fencing which can be erected between the drilling operations and the edge of the mine. The hazard of dust inhalation is mitigated by

7-6 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report adopting wet drilling or covering the drill with wet gunny cloth and provision of face masks and ear muffs to drilling workers, which also reduces noise exposure.

7.6.4 Blasting

Sequential blasting using delayed detonators shall be adopted to reduce ground vibrations and avoid fly rock menace. Blasting activity shall be carried out by qualified persons and the same shall adopt precautions prescribed in Metalliferous Mines Regulations 1961 and related circulars issued by the Directorate of Mines Safety.

7.6.5 Failure of Pit Slope

Slope failures in mines are mostly associated with circular failure, a result of rock mechanics, properties such as cohesion, angle of internal friction, joint/shear planes, ground water flow conditions, rock density and the heights to be maintained. It is hence proposed to provide benches with a slope angle of 300. Additionally, pit slope failure is avoided by Regular examination of face and remedial measures to make it safe if there is any doubt that a collapse may take place. Working is advanced in a direction taken into account the geology such that face and quarry side remain stable.

7.6.6 Transportation

Training of drivers in defensive driving incorporating usage of visual aids like rare view mirrors, avoidance of driving along the edge of haulage road etc. will mitigate the hazards. Proactive maintenance of vehicles will reduce the chance of brake failure.

7.6.7 House Keeping

The pathways and walkways to the work place will be demarcated with regular housekeeping to avoid tipping or toppling of men and material. Lack of maintenance may lead to roadways and walkways being unsuitable for their use.

7.7 Disaster Management Plan (Terms of Reference No. 42)

The mining operation will be carried out under the direction of qualified mines manager and supervisors, based on the guidelines and directions of Directorate

7-7 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

General of Mines Safety (DGMS) and Indian Bureau of Mines. Code of practice of different operations will be formulated to ensure safety of men and machines and to avoid various hazards mentioned above. Mine workers will be provided training on safe work practices. The following natural/ industrial hazards may occur during normal operation; slope failure at the mine faces; accident due to heavy equipment/ machinery.

In order to take care of above hazards/disasters, the following measures shall be adopted; all safety precautions and provisions of Mine regulation 1961 are strictly followed during all mining operations; checking and regular maintenance of garland drains and earthen bunds to avoid any inflow of surface water into mining area; entry of unauthorized persons shall be prohibited; fire fighting and first aid provisions in the mines office and mining Area; provision of all the safety appliances such as safety boots, helmets, goggles etc. would be made available to the employees and regular check to ensure their use; training and refresher courses for all the employees working in the hazardous premises; working of mine as per approved plan, related amendments and other regulatory provisions; and suppression of dust on the haulage roads by providing water sprinkling.

7.7.1 Objective of Disaster Management Plan

The objective of disaster management plan is to identify mitigation measures to avoid hazards turning in to risk, the materials required for implementing the same, the personnel requirement and their roles and responsibilities, and the communication and operating procedures to be adopted in case of an emergency.

7.7.2 Communication System

The telephone numbers and addresses of mine sites in the vicinity, nearest fire station, police station, local hospital, electricity department, ambulance, and local public representatives and revenue officials shall be prepared and kept in custody of mines manager.

7-8 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

7.7.3 Facilities

The office shed will have provision of a small rescue room and first aid centre to provide first aid in the event of an emergency. The office shed will also function as emergency control room. It will be provided with telephone and mobile phones, and a vehicle for emergency transport.

7.7.4 Personnel

The mines manager is responsible for overall supervision of the disaster management plan. He will be assisted by supervisors, magazine in charge in implementing the emergency management plan and procedures.

7.7.5 Operating Procedures

The operating procedures during emergencies are related communication to the immediate supervisor, who would relay the same to mine manager. The mine manager may assess the requirement of first aid, external assistance, transportation to nearby hospital contingent on the emergency. In the absence of mines manager, the senior most supervisor will be made responsible for disaster management.

7-9 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

CHPATER 8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 Introduction (Terms of Reference No. 43)

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu proposed to conduct open cast mining at Sy. No. 359 (part), Ballikurava Village and Mandal, Prakasam District, Andhra Pradesh. The proposed mining activity involves a capital expenditure of Rs. 70 lakhs contributing to the local economy due to consumption of building construction materials from the surrounding areas and usage of construction labour from surrounding villages has a significant positive impact on the socio-economic environment of the area.

The project shall ensure availability of colour granite for monuments, Flooring, Pathos, granite kitchen worktops, gemstones and waste will be used for construction projects and formation of roads. The mining project may result in provision of local employment of 41 people. The project may also generate indirect employment and also transport contracts to local people. The project may generate tax of approximately Rs. 12.6 lakhs annually to Government of Andhra Pradesh. The total salary bill annually is Rs. 49.2 lakhs, which would be spent within the local area, resulting in improved livelihood opportunities and life style. The project envisages spending 2.0% of the capital cost towards socio economic development of the neighbouring villages as part of corporate environment responsibility. The programs shall be identified in consultation with public representatives and revenue officials.

8-1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

CHAPTER 9.0 ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.0 Introduction

As per EIA Notification S.O.1533, dt. 14.09.2006, the Chapter on the Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis is applicable only if the same is recommended at the scoping stage. As per the ToR points issued by SEIAA, Govt of Andhra Pradesh vide letter no. SEIAA/AP/PK/MIN/12/2018/772-303, dt. 14.05.2019 for the mining project activity, the environmental cost benefit analysis and hence the same was not conducted.

9- 1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan

CHAPTER 10.0 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.0 Introduction

This section discusses management plan for mitigation / abatement of adverse environmental impacts and enhancement of beneficial impacts due to colour granite mining. The mining activity involves clearing and grubbing, construction of haulage road, construction of site services, drilling, wire saw cutting, excavation, dressing and transport of mineral to end users. These activities result in air emissions, increase in ambient air quality levels, alteration of drainage pattern, sediment load from wind and water erosion, storm water runoff, and dry deposition of pollutants, increase in noise and vibration levels due to transport, drilling activities etc, as described in the previous chapters. The EMP has been designed within the framework of various legislative and regulatory requirements on environmental and socio-economic aspects. The management plan is drawn in consultation with the registered qualified person who prepared the mine plan and the project authorities.

10.1 Sources of Pollution and Control Measures

The sources of pollution of air and noise from the proposed activity mainly from mining, drilling, wire saw cutting, excavation, dressing, loading and unloading of material and transportation of mineral. Waste material generation, dumping and restoration.

10.2 Air Pollution and its Control

The granite quarrying does not involve much dust formation. The dust would be generated during drilling, quarrying and also during handling and transportation of the material. The dust anticipated at drilling place will be suppressed by putting cloth around the hole. Use of sharp drill pits for drilling holes and drills with water flushing systems (wet drilling) to reduce dust generation. Water spraying is adopted at faces/sites while loading. Personal protective equipment’s like nose mask and goggles etc will be provided to the workers.

10-1 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan

Regular water spraying on haulage roads during transportation of mineral and waste by water sprinklers. Over loading of transport trucks should be avoided to prevent spillage. Also, measures such as covering tarpaulin over the loaded material will prevent spreading of dust particles from the trucks. Speed controls on vehicle movements to limited speed on haulage road shall be ensured. Wind reduction control by plantation in the buffer area shall facilitate secondary mitigation of emission dispersion. When the over burden dump has reached the optimum size, it will be covered with top soil and water will spread on top soil and grass will be developed on the dump, in case the material is not sold as construction material. Limiting the height and slope of the stockpiles can also reduce wind speed. Regular checking and maintenance of vehicles will be conducted and pollution under control certificate be obtained. Periodical monitoring of ambient air quality will help to take steps to control the pollutants.

10.3 Greening program

Even with various dust suppression measures in place, dust generated from mine faces, fine dust produced during mining operations are difficult to control. Therefore, in addition to the above mitigative measures, it is proposed to have a green belt in and around the mine site loading and unloading facilities, and in abandoned mine area during reclamation process. Width of the greenbelt will be maintained at 7.5 m. Additionally, all the exposed soils and other erodible materials will be revegetated or covered promptly, while all inactive areas shall be revegetated.

10.4 Occupational Health and Safety Measures to Control Dust Inhalation

Despite the above-mentioned mitigation measures for preventing dust generation and dispersion at site, the worker exposure to dust may lead to occupation health and safety impacts among workers. Hence workers at dust generation areas/activities like drilling, loading, unloading, are provided with dust masks. Dust masks would prevent inhalation of particulate matter, thereby reducing risk of lung diseases and other respiratory disorders. The workers shall have a medical checkup on employment and periodically monitored, to ascertain the impact of dust and emissions on employee health if any. It is proposed to rotate the employees in dust

10-2 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan generating areas to reduce the duration of exposure.

10.5 Noise pollution and its control

Sources of noise emissions associated with mining may include noise from drilling of drill holes, machinery and vehicular movement. Additional examples of noise sources include drilling, transport on haulage roads, and stockpiling of waste dump. The noise generation may be for any instant, intermittent or continuous periods with varying noise intensity. The ML area is located on a hillock. The ambient noise levels were observed to be below the prescribed standards.

The equipment systems will include cabins to ensure that the operators and other work persons, in and around the operating equipment, have comfortable workstations. It is proposed to adopt following measures to ensure noise levels within the permissible limits; Improved silencers, mufflers and closed noise generating parts, procurement of drill, loaders and dumpers and other equipment with noise proof system in operator's cabin, periodic maintenance of noise generating machinery including transport vehicles to maintain low noise levels, location of site office and other infrastructure away from the noise sources with the probability of sound waves being directed towards them being least and provision of green belt to mitigate propagation of noise.

10.6 Occupational Health and Safety Measures to Control Exposure to Noise

It is also proposed to provide ear muffs and ear plugs to employees working near noise generating sources, and rotation of employees to avoid continuous exposure to high levels of noise.

10.7 Control of Ground Vibrations and Fly Rock Boulder

Vibrations are associated with various equipment used in mining operations, but occasional blasting is considered the major source. Vibration affects the stability of infrastructures, buildings, and homes of people living near large-scale open-pit mining operations. The proposal to use delay detonators will ensure low vibration levels, with limited number of holes being blasted as the scale of operation is medium.

10-3 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan

Ground vibrations due to blasting and its impact on various mine structures, will be studied in detail during the operation of mine, especially the charge per delay factor. The following measures are proposed to be adopted to reduce ground vibration and fly rock menace; It is ensured that peak particle velocity or ground vibrations for safety of nearby structures and residential buildings is within 12.5 mm/sec, stemming column will be maintained less than the burden of the hole, and the blasting area will be muffled to contain fly rocks. Blasting activity will be conducted during daytime as the sound intensity becomes higher during night time, blasting activity is avoided when strong winds are observed or when wind is blowing towards habitation. Blasting activity will be conducted by a qualified person and controlled production blasting will be adopted to avoid tension cracks and back breaks to ensure slope stabilization as these cracks may get filled with water reducing stability of excavated slopes and angle of slopes.

10.8 Water Quality Management (Terms of Reference No. 26)

10.8.1 Water Resources Water Resources

The proposed mining activity is carried out from western part towards northeast direction. The ground water level is observed to be 20 m below ground level (BGL) at a distance of 0.5 km away from foot hill of mine lease area. Hence there will not be adverse effect on ground water due to mining. The daily water requirement for the mine operations would be approximately 10.5 KLD comprising of requirement for water sprinkling on mine haulage roads etc consuming 4.5 KLD; Wet drilling operations consuming about 3.8 KLD; green belt development water consumption of about 0.4 KLD; and domestic water requirement of 1.8 KLD. The required water is drawn from nearby village Kondayapalem village/ storm water storage in worked out pits. The wastewater generated from domestic usage in the order of 1.4 KLD will be sent to septic tank followed by soak pit. The mineral proposed for mining is granite and is not known to have any toxic and is not soluble in water. Hence the chance of acid drainage from this mine are ruled out, however the following measures are proposed to be adopted to mitigate impact on water resources; sinkholes, cracks and fissures in the site will be avoided from blasting activity, face collapse is avoided at

10-4 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan these cracks and fissures, leak proof containers shall be used to prevent surface water contamination by oil/grease, floor of oil/grease handling area will be kept effectively impervious.

Erosion and sedimentation are also a major impact of mining activity as large area of land is exposed and opened for mineral. The area exposed due to mining shall be 6.0 ha in this project. Water erosion may be caused due to impact of rain drops (splash erosion), by concentrated flow forming rills, gullies or by sheet flows. Water erosion may result in sediment entering first order streams on site, and third order streams away from the site, impacting aquatic life and clogging of water ways. It is proposed to provide garland drains with rip rap at the discharge point to avoid sediment joining streams outside the ML area. Garland drainage location presented in Figure 10.1.

Figure 10.1 Garland drainage

10-5 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan

10.8.2 Rain water Harvesting Plan

The rainwater of the working area will be collected at worked out area bottom during rainy seasons and it will be percolated through the joints or bedding plains. Due to percolation of rainwater from pit bottom, the ground water will get recharged.

10.9 Soil Conservation Measures

The applied area is rocky hill land. Soil in the area is hard and unfertile, therefore, growth of trees and plants is uncertain and not satisfactory. Hence there are no major trees in the area. Top soil, if any will be stacked at earmarked dump site with adequate measures to avoid erosion and the same will be used for reclamation and rehabilitation of the mined-out areas. To prevent soil erosion and wash-off of dump- fines from freshly excavated benches and dumps following measures shall be adopted; garland drains will be provided around the mine wherever required to arrest any soil from the mine area being carried away by rain water, toe drains with suitable baffles will be provided all along the toe of the soil dumps to arrest any soil from the dump slopes being carried away by the rain water, loose material slopes will be covered by mulch by making contour trenches at 2 m interval to check soil erosion both due to wind and rain, retaining walls (concrete or local stone) will be provided around stockpile to support benches or any loose material as well as to arrest sliding of loose debris.

10.10 Afforestation / Greenbelt Plan

Density and width of greenbelt determine mitigation efficiency. Scattered and isolated trees will not form a greenbelt. Similarly, lawns and few ornamental herbs and shrubs are not going to make a greenbelt. Ideally, green belt is a thick plantation of at least 7.5 m width on all sides of mining pit. The density of trees will be maintained at least 1500 trees per hectare in 3 m x 3 m or 2m x 2m spacing in an area of 0.075 ha with 115 trees in the mine lease area and 500 trees outside the lease area along connecting roads.

Design and development of a greenbelt

It is the job of a specialist such as a botanist or horticulturist or sylviculturist or an experienced farmer and a committed gardener. The primary consideration in the

10-6 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan design and development of the greenbelt is the choice of plant species. It depends on suitability of soil, climate, and availability of water, extent of land available, nature of pollutants; its atmospheric emissions and other local circumstances such as the availability of planting stock.

In the present case, all the natural shrubs growing in the area where no mining is going to be undertaken shall be allowed to grow. Their growth shall be enhanced by aided natural regeneration which includes digging of semilunar trenches at a distance of about 50 cm to 100 cm for trapping water and soil. Large gaps will be filled by sowing scarified and pelletized (with dung) seeds of the local shrubs.

Stem cuttings of Konda Vepa (Chukrasiata bularis) of about 1.5 to 2 m length and 10 to 20 Cm girth will be planted very closely in a rooting mixture of soil, sand and organic manure. The distal cut ends will be covered with wet dung as caps. These cuttings shall be watered and allowed to produce roots and new shoots. Rooted stem cuttings shall be transplanted in a couple of rows on the bunds of the garland drains and watered till they establish firmly. This is the cheapest, easiest and fastest way to develop thick greenery in a dry area like this. This is also the most common local practice and locals are familiar with the process. It also provides employment to the locals.

As a matter of regular practice, it is suggested that thick rows of plants should be grown all along and around the boundary of the proposed mine lease area. Thus, depending on the local circumstances either greenbelt on all sides or block plantations within the proposed project site will be taken up and the top soil present as overburden will be used for reclamation of the areas meant for plantations. The list of plants identified for green belt based on CPCB guidelines for green belt development, suitability, desirability and adaptability is presented in Table 10.1.

Table 10.1 List of plants identified for greenbelt and restoration of mine pits

Botanical name Local name Importance Acacia nilotica Nalla thumma Multipurpose Achras sapota Sapota Edible fruits Aegle marmelos Velaga Edible fruits & Medicinal

10-7 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan

Botanical name Local name Importance Ailanthus excelsa Pedda maanu Tree borne oil Albizia lebbeck Dirisana Shade, timber and scented flowers Azadirachta indica Vepa or Neem Neem oil & neem products Cassia fistula Rela Ornamental and bark is a source of tannin Cassia siamea Seema Tangedu Ornamental tree Chukrasia tabularis Konda vepa Fast growth; thick canopy and propagation from cuttings Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Timber Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo Mainly as soil binder and bamboo Ficus benghalensis Marri Shade and a source of food for birds Ficus religiosa Raavi Shade and a source of food for birds Gmelina arborea Gummadi teku Timber Grevilea robusta Silver oak Avenue tree Holoptelia integrifolia Nemali naara Fibre and timber Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Fodder and pulp wood Mangifera indica Mango Edible fruit Mimosops elengii Pogada Shade and edible fruit Muntingia calabura Singapore cherry Shade and edible fruit Peltaphorum Konda Chinta Shade pterocarpum Phoenix sylvestris Eetha Soils binder & fruit Pithecellobium dulce Seema chinta Aril of the fruit is edible Pongamia pinnata Gaanuga Source of biodiesel Polyalthia pendula Ashoka Majestic tree with drooping branches Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Avenue tree Psidium guajava Jaama Edible fruit Samanea saman Nidrabhangi Shade, timber and fodder. Sapindus emarginatus Kunkudu Soap nut tree Spathodea companulata Flame of the forest Ornamental avenue tree Syzygium cumini Neredu Edible fruits Tamarindus indica Chinta Tamarind fruit and leaf Tectona grandis Teak Timber Terminalia arjuna Nallamaddi Timber and shade tree Terminalia catappa Baadam Edible nuts Ziziphus horrida Regu Edible fruit

10.11 Waste Management

10-8 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan material is sold and or used as road construction material, thus ensuring value addition to the wastes generated.

Dump Area

During the plan period about 335554.87 m3 of waste material will be generated. This waste will be dumped in the area of about 1.80 ha with an average height of 30 m with 45o slope angle will be formed, within quarry lease area in SW side of the quarry lease area. The waste will be used in the shapes of cobble stones, building stones, pavement stones and finally left-over waste will be re-handled for backfilling during the Conceptual Plan period.

10.12 Environmental Management System (EMS)

The mine authority will adopt environmental management system (EMS) which will assist mine management to meet both current and future environmental requirements and challenges. EMS will provide a structural view and control of the organization’s environmental performance that will be applied from planning and exploration to mine closure.

The following components are being taken to establish an EMS; Organizational Commitment, Environmental Policy, Environmental Impact Assessment, Objectives and Targets, Environmental Management Plan (EMP), Documentation, Responsibilities and Reporting Structure, Training, Environmental Review Audits and Emission and performance monitoring.

The mine management will follow a comprehensive and systematic health and safety function which involves all personnel seeking to identify hazards and assessing risk to prevent and eliminate all accidents/injuries. The mine management will prepare a detailed reclamation and mine closure plan of mine operation prior to commencement of the mine operation.

10.13 Environment Policy

In order to protect environment and for sustainable development, an Environmental Policy will be adopted by Lessee as follows:

10-9 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan

Objective

The Environmental Policy is framed specifically to fulfill the following objectives:

• Create a work environment which enhances/motivates production and productivity.

• Encourage safe and scientific mining and other engineering practices.

• Promoting awareness amongst employees and neighborhood population for adopting environmentally acceptable procedures and restricting environmental degradation and pollution to the barest minimum.

• To achieve Communal harmony and peace amongst employees and the local villagers for heading fast towards "sustainable development".

• Restoration of post mining land use to pre-mining status, to the extent possible.

• Prevent pollution in its activities associated with mining.

• Continually improve environmental performance and comply with environmental legislations and regulations.

• Conserving energy and other resources through optimum utilization and waste minimization. Reducing waste and fugitive pollutants emissions though extensive mitigation measures.

• Training and involving employees for development of Clean and Green Environment.

 Evaluate environmental performance through periodic reviews and audits to ensure that conduct of the organization is consistent with these principles.

Responsibility

The mines manager is responsible for maintaining ecological balance by adequate environmental protection and environment improvement works. In the event of observation of non-compliance by any employee, the same is informed to mine manager and the lessee. These two will identify the cause and implement the

10-10 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan mitigation measures or engineering controls or work practices required. The Lessee will monitor the environmental performance and guide the manager and employees for maintaining good environmental practices and to adopt newer, safe and cleaner technologies.

10.14 Socio- Economic Development

The project provides an opportunity for the local people to get employment directly or indirectly and helps in enhancing socioeconomic status of the area. The proposed activity generates employment to 41 people, and all the semiskilled and unskilled jobs will be provided to the local villagers. The management commits to involve in socioeconomic developmental activities in the surrounding community, in consultation with local stake holders, public representatives and revenue authorities. Many of the beneficiaries of such programs will include own employees as well. The goodwill of the local populace can never be ignored. The channels employed may vary either through direct contact or by means of local organizations. Another important facet of social environment identified by the project proponents is a green appearance; hence the management will develop a green belt towards aesthetic beautification as the same is necessary to be considered as a responsible, social neighbor. The development of the basic amenities viz. roads, transportation, electricity, drinking water, proper sanitation, educational institutions, medical facilities, entertainment, etc. will be assisted by the management.

10.15 Corporate Environmental Responsibility Action Plan

An amount of Rs. 1.4 lakhs are allocated for corporate environmental responsibility Action Plan, to be spent over a period of 5 years for the proposed project. The social development programs are identified in consultation with local authorities and district administration. The activities tentatively identified for social development in the neighboring area, cost estimate is presented in Table 10.2. The schedule for implementation of these activities is a maximum of 5 years and the six-monthly compliance report to be submitted to the MoEFCC may show the scale of completion of CER activities.

10-11 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan

Table 10.2 CER Plan and Budget for 5 years

Particular Unit Total, Rs. Installation of solar street lamps 20,000 per lamp 40000 Supply of saplings for tree plantation (Agroforestry) 100 Per Plant @ 6000 60000 Construct shed, sitting arrangements and a bore Lump Sum 40000 well in the premises of Cremation ground in village

Total 140000

10.16 Environment Management Cell

A Cell for Environmental Management within Mine lease area at the project level, will take the overall responsibility for co-ordination of the actions required for environmental management and mitigation, and for monitoring the progress of the proposed management plans and actions to be taken for the project. The Cell will be under the overall supervision of the Mine Manager, and responsible for monitoring of the implementation of the various actions which are to be executed by the mine manager and his assistants. The Cell will be headed by Mine Manager and the other members of the cell that will include a part time Horticulturist.

The environment management cell is responsible for overseeing; monitoring of water and air quality within and outside the work zone; implementation of control and protective measures; land reclamation and vegetation; co-ordination of the environment related activities; collection of the statistics of health of workers; green belt development; implementing safety programmes; and monitoring progress of implementation of EMP. The monitoring plan is presented in a separate chapter.

10.17 Other Management Aspects

Records will be maintained for the analysis of ambient air quality, noise levels and water quality. These records are not only required for the perusal of the statutory authorities. The management will maintain the records as per the hazardous waste regulations and EPA regulations and apply for the annual consents for air and water, and renewal of authorization for the storage of hazardous waste as per the Hazardous

10-12 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan

Waste (Handling & Management) Rules, 1989. The records of hazardous waste manifest will be maintained. The mine shall obtain the consent for establishment (CFE) and consent for operation (CFO) from State Pollution Control Board as required under section 25/26 of the Water act, 1974 and under section 21/22 of Air Act, 1981, before commissioning and production from the A.P. Pollution Control Board as directed by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India. The CFO will be renewed each year by the management in consultation with SPCB. The mine will submit environmental statement every year before September 30. The management ensures that it will comply with all the directions and regulations issued by the Ministry of environment, forests and climate change, New Delhi, State and Central Pollution Control Boards. The Consent for Establishment, Consent for Operation will be displayed in a conspicuous location for the information of the inspecting authorities of different departments and all stake holders.

10.18 Occupational Health and Protective Measures (Terms of Reference No. 8, 35)

All the employees will have a medical checkup on recruitment apart from periodic checkup. All the workers will be provided with gum shoe, and helmets. Workers near noise generating sources are provided with ear muffs, and workers near dust generating sources are provided with dust masks. Green belt in and around mining area will be developed to attenuate noise and dust impact.

Drinking water to employees will be provided by the project authority. The standard of the drinking water will be as per IS 10500: 2012. Pre placement medical checkup shall be done and regular health checkup in is planned for all the mine workers. The frequency of health monitoring is presented in Table 10.3. Barbed Wire fencing will be provided to avoid undo incidents for cattle and human for protection of mine and mined-out pits. A safety pit will be excavated with 1.5m and 1m depth to avoid the trespassing of the human and cattle/wild life into the lease hold area. The pit slope will be maintained @ 23o in order to protect humans and cattle/wild life protection. Watchman will be engaged when the mine is temporarily discontinued. A regular monitoring of the Occupational Health and Safety will reduce the chances of accidents

10-13 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan

in the mine. Records of job-related accidents and illness will be maintained which will be reviewed and evaluated to improve the effectiveness of Environmental Health and Safety program.

Table 10.3 Frequency of Health Monitoring

Occupation Type of evaluation Pre- Frequency placement Mining area Chest X-ray, spirometry and I. At the time of Recruitment vision testing, Far & Near Vision; II. Every 5 years to age <30; Colour Vision; and Hearing tests every 4 years to age 31 – 40; and every 2 years to age 41-50; Once a year above 50 years. Noise prone areas Audiometry Annually

10.19 Cost proposed for Environmental Protection Measures

The overall investment on the environmental safeguards and measuring for successful monitoring and implementation of control measures is presented in Table 10.4. The capital cost for environmental management is Rs.12.81 Lakhs and annual recurring cost is Rs.5.97 Lakhs.

Table 1.4 Environment Management - Cost Estimate, Rs

S. Capital Recurring Description Item Remarks No. cost cost Nose masks Once a week. Replaceable, and cost 39360 19680 may increase with time Cloth for drillers 24600 12300 Issued quarterly Gunny bags for As and when needed, covering the surface 29520 17600 Lump sum. Air of jackhammer holes 1 pollution Road wetting Water tanker cost @ 60000 30000 one tankers per day for 300 days Plantation on road Re-plant the non- side-3m interval and surviving plants, buffer zone-3m 57000 30400 watering and interval plus protection from maintenance animals Sub Total 210480 109980

10-14 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan

Construction of Once only for the lease 270000 112500 garland drains period/life of mine De-silting operations Yearly and manual 43400 11160 Water operations 2 pollution Construction of check Once in year, cost dams incurred is to buy 331200 143520 sand bags and filling sand Sub Total 800600 327180 Maintenance of Included in main cost Noise 116000 63800 3 machinery suitably pollution PPE's like Ear muffs 41000 20500 Once in six months Sub Total 157000 84300 First aid kits - 2 No's Once in year, replace Fire extinguishers - 2 7200 3600 by conducting No's periodical checkup PPE's to all employees Safety shoe twice in a year, helmets once in 65810 27640 three years and hand gloves thrice in a year Occupational Training and Once in six months 4 Safety and awareness programs and create sign boards Health on risk factors during 15000 7500 about the risk and emergencies by the safety precautions experts regularly Periodical medical Once in a year and checkup and supply supply of medicines 24600 8200 of medicines - Rs. 600 for every three months per head Sub Total 112610 46940 Ambient air quality - studies and fugitive 13600 Will be done through Environmental dust MoEF&CC/NABL 5 monitoring Water quality studies - 3000 recognized Noise studies - 4400 laboratories soil 7800 Sub Total - 28800 Grand Total 1280690 597200

10.20 Environmental Management for the Cluster

The management measures mentioned in the previous paragraphs with respect to air, noise, water, solid waste, occupational health and greenbelt are generically, applicable to all the mine leases in the cluster. The generic measures are presented in Table 10.5. Additionally, the following measures shall be adopted to mitigate the cumulative

10-15 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan

impacts; strengthening of common haulage roads, mining activity during day time to reduce noise, mineral dispatch on mutual consultation to avoid traffic congestion, pooling of CER fund to avoid duplication of CER activity, adoption of water conservation measures and water harvesting measures in common properties of the surrounding villages after mutual consultation to compensate the water usage from common properties, plantation along connecting roads, drainage management and planning to avoid the sediment load and to avoid over flow of storm water into the connecting drains, mutual support in case of any emergency.

Table 10.5 Generic Environment Management Measures Project Project Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measure Stage Activity Impacts Site clearing, Habitat disturbance NA Water sprinkling using tractor Erosion and tanker, provision of sediment pond Line cutting, sedimentation at the drain out lets and Periodic repairs of drain Any Change in land Worked out pits are backfilled with use (Disturb active mine waste after completion of mine area, and dump working and waste dumps will be area) stabilized by developing plants Modification of No major drain in the active mine drainage pattern area, provision of garland drains. Road Emissions from Proactive maintenance of vehicles Formation equipment and and PUC Certification. Clearing of fugitive dust bushes is manual. Nil in the light of above point and

Pre mining Stage / Construction stage stage Construction / Pre Stage mining Activity is during day time only. Noise from equipment Periodical maintenance of equipment. Top soil Loss of productive soil, Top soil is used for greenery removal fugitive dust purpose Habitat disturbance Nil Terracing of waste dump, Erosion and construction of garland drains and

Sedimentation from retaining wall. Overburden dumps and during Water sprinkling on dumps with removal removal sprinklers. Emissions from Proactive maintenance of equipment and equipment’s and PUC for vehicles Production stage stage Production fugitive dust

10-16 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan

Project Project Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measure Stage Activity Impacts Proactive maintenance of Noise and vibration equipment’s and PPE will be from equipment provided to the workers. Required PPE will be provided. Noise due to drilling Blasting if any being with low- will affect the explosive, the Velocity of Detonation operating crew (VOD) is low and the subsequent Drilling noise and vibration are low. Water sprinkling Fugitive dust Drilling with Wet gunny bags on drilling surface Negligible. Operator’s cabins air tight with ventilation circulation. Dozing, Dust generation Water sprinkling on surface before Loading and loading and unloading. Unloading Provision of PPE and activity during Noise day time Water sprinkling on haulage roads, Dust generation transportation through covered trucks and avoidance of over load. Transportation Proactive maintenance of vehicles, Noise and engine idling. Provision of PPE to operators. Waste Dumps Erosion and Water sprinkling. sedimentation of Only contingency (spot dumps /unexpected) measures possible, Dust can harm health retaining wall will be constructed. of workers Workers on waste dump will be provided with nose-masks. Site Infrastructure: Generation of Office, Provision of septic tank followed by wastewater and solid Sanitation, soak pit. waste. Domestic Water Product Solid waste generation, Water sprinkling Dressing workers exposure to Small waste chips will be stored in dust dump yard and reused for back filling. Dust masks to employees. Contamination of No contamination of groundwater is Removal, Back ground and surface envisaged as the bottom is filling and water, Emissions from

Mine Mine impervious. Water gets stored and

Closure Closure sealing equipment and reused for dust suppression. transport

10-17 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environnent Management Plan

Project Project Environmental Proposed Mitigation Measure Stage Activity Impacts Spills, Visual impact, Removal of Spreading soil cover and plantation, Health and safety of structures provision of PPE. workers Animals or person Signage and Fencing will be Danger due to may accidentally enter provided. inadvertent the closed pit and fall entry A guard will be posted all the time. down Table 10.6 Cluster EMP Cost estimation, Rs Description Capital Cost Recurring Remarks Road wetting Water tanker cost @ one 50000 250000 tankers per day for 300 days Plantation on road side - Re-plantation, watering and 3m interval and plus 750000 150000 protection from animals maintenance Salary 600000 Annual salary Road Development 1550000 150000 Sign Boards and repairing Monitoring Will be done through - 203600 recognized laboratories Total 2250000 1353600

10-18 Team Labs and Consultants

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Summary and conclusion

CHAPTER 11.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

11.1 Introduction

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu obtained mine lease to extract colour granite and dispose the waste material in an area of 8.46 ha using semi mechanized opencast mining at Sy. No. 359 (part), Ballikurava Village and Mandal, Prakasam District. Granite has been extensively used as a dimension stone and as flooring tiles in public and commercial buildings and monuments. Rough-cut and polished granite is used in buildings, bridges, paving, monuments and many other exterior projects.

In principle of application of quarry lease notice issued by Director of Mines and Geology, Ibrahimpatnam, Govt. of Andhra Pradesh, vide Notice no. 6992/R3- 2/2018, dt. 16.11.2018 for a period of 20 years. The Mining Plan was approved by the Joint and Deputy Director of Mines and Geology, Guntur, Government of Andhra Pradesh, vide Letter No. 5203/MP/CG/OGL/2018, dt. 01.12.2018. Capital cost for the proposed mining project is Rs. 70 Lakhs.

The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC), Government of India (GOI) issued notifications vide SO 1533, dt. 14.9.2006, its amendments based on the directions issued by National Green Tribunal (NGT), New Delhi vide O. A. No. 16 of 2016, dt.13.09.2018 and vide E.A.NO 55/2018 of O. A. No. 520/2016, dt. 11.12.2018 on Moefcc notification S.O.2269 (E), dt.01.07.2016 and S.O.3977 (E), dt. 14.08.2018 and Office Memorandum dt.12.12.2018 issued in compliance with the hon’ble NGT orders, New Delhi, which mandate prior environmental clearance for all mining leases across the country. The project is considered as category B based on the notification no S.O 2731 (€), dt. 09.09.2013. The notification and its amendments based on NGT directions, classify mine lease areas of 5 - 25 ha as category B2 at par with B1, and stipulate a three-stage process of scoping, public consultation and appraisal by State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) to issue prior environmental clearance. Accordingly scoping for preparation of environmental impact assessment (EIA) was done by the state expert appraisal committee (SEAC), which issued terms of reference vide Letter No. SEIAA/AP/PKM/MIN/12/2018/772-303, dt. 14.05.2019 for a production 11 - 1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Summary and conclusion

capacity of 85780.74 m3/annum (Colour granite - recovery @ 15% - 12867.11 m3/annum and waste @ 85% - 72913.63 m3/annum) in an area of 8.46 ha. Accordingly, the present study follows the prescribed ToR’s and draft EIA/EMP report for public consultation, to facilitate informed view on the project by public/stakeholders for the lease area and other mine leases with a total cluster area of 235.2053 ha. The report presents cumulative environmental impacts due to the mining cluster and the environmental management plan to address the same in addition to the impact assessment and environmental management for this project.

M/s Team Labs and Consultants prepared Environmental Impact Assessment Report for the proposed activity. The report is prepared using baseline data of environmental status within 10 km radius of the mine lease area for major environmental components; water, air, noise, soil, flora, fauna and socio-economic environment for one season, and the proposed measures to be adopted for mitigating and controlling pollution.

11.2 Mine Location

The Sailentfeatures of the mine lease location are presented in Table below.

Sailentfeatures of the mine lease location

Particulars Details Name of the Project (s) Colour granite 85780.74 m3/annum (Recovery @15% - 12867.11 m3/annum and Waste @ 85% - 72913.63 m3/annum) Name of the applicant Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Location of the Project Survey No. 359/P, Ballikurava Village, Ballikurava Mandal, Prakasam District, Andhra Pradesh State. New / Expansion / New project Modernization Capital Cost, 70 lakhs Land Use Pattern (Forest, Govt. land – 8.46 ha Agricultural, Grazing, Barren etc.) Latitudes (North) 16° 2'18.22" - 16° 2'34.96" Longitudes (East) 80° 0'15.99" - 80° 0'32.09" Survey of India sheet No 56 P16 Elevation above Mean Sea Level 73 - 313 m (AMSL), m Seismic zone Seismic Zone: III as per IS: 1893 (part -1): 2002 and

11 - 2 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Summary and conclusion

Particulars Details can be classified as Moderate Damage Risk Zone Site surroundings North : Hillock East : Hillock West : Hillock South : Open Land Nearest Village Kondayapalem – 1.5 km – South direction Accessibility to site Road connecting – SE direction Road access Chennupalli to Mallayapalem road – 1.0 km - SE direction. Nearest Town Chilakaluripeta – 16.4 km – NE direction District Head quarters Ongole – 58 km – SE direction Nearest Railway station Santhamaguluru – 15.5 km – NW direction Nearest airport Gannavaram Airport – 100 km – NE direction Nearest Port Krishnapatnam Port – 193 km – S direction Major Industries (Within 10 km Nil within 10 km radius) Water Bodies in buffer area Pasumarti Major Canal - 1.0 km – North. Seasonal Nala Vagu - 4.8 km – South, Seasonal Boddula vagu - 4.9km – NE, Kopparam Major Canal - 5.1 km – NE, Kopparam major Canal - 5.1 km – NW, Tangedumalli Major Canal - 5.9 km – NE, Santhamaguluru Canal - 6.0 km – North, Seasonal Vogaru vagu - 6.6 km – NE, Nagarjuna Sagar Right Bank Canal - 7.0 km – SW. Reserve Forest Uppumaguluru RF - 2.9 km - NE Muktheswaram RF - 6.2 km - SW Nagarajupalli RF - 7.4 km - SE Kukutlapalli RF - 9.7 km - SW Archaeological/ Historical/ Nil within 10 km Ancient Monuments Inter-state boundary and Nil within 10 km international boundary Protected Areas notified under the Nil within 10 km Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 Eco-sensitive areas as notified Nil within 10 km under section 3 of the E (P) Act, 1986 Critically polluted areas as Nil within 10 km identified by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time, The present mine lease forms a cluster of 30 mines with a total mine lease area of 235.2053 ha.

11 - 3 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Summary and conclusion

11.3 Proposed Method of Mining

Semi mechanized opencast method by developing benches with a height of 6 m in 2 phases of 3m each is proposed, wherein wire saw cutting is adopted to cut the granite, while blasting is proposed to construct the haulage road and remove over burden. The separation of blocks from the mother rock will be carried out by drilling, wedge cutting, blasting, excavation will be done by the machinery. Transportation will be made by trucks to dispatching points.

11.3.1 Development and Production

The mining operations will be initiated from North to South of the quarry lease applied area and the mining advance south wards during first, second, third, fourth and fifth years. Total excavation planned is 394770.42 m3/5years from which 59215.56 m3/5years of colour granite is recovered. The waste to be handled during this year is 335554.86 m3/ 5years. 11.4 Conceptual Plan The mining operations will follow semi mechanized open cast method. The entire reserves estimated under proved, probable and possible categories are exploitable except mineral blocked in 7.5 m buffer zone all along lease boundary as per statutory requirement. The total reserves estimated are 1009479.9 m3 based on the mine scheme. Therefore, the targeted capacity of 85780.74 m3/annum (Colour granite - recovery @ 15% - 12867.11 m3/annum and waste @ 85% - 72913.63 m3/annum) and the anticipated life of the mine is considered as 79 years for recovery of colour granite.

11.5 Employment Potential

The manpower requirement is 41 for various skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled jobs headed by a mine’s manager.

11.6 Site Services

The Site services provided are temporary office, rest rooms, first aid room, blasting shelters, water for drinking in the mine lease area. Temporary sheds with cement plastered brick walls and G.I. sheet or grass roofing are constructed for site 11 - 4 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Summary and conclusion

services. The workers required shall be sourced from surrounding villages. Drinking water is obtained from nearby villages through tankers to mining staff and workers. A tractor mounted tanker is provided for sprinkling of water mainly on village roads to suppress the dust generated due to vehicular movement. Fencing is also provided around working area to avoid accidental slippage of men and animals, while worked out areas are used as reservoir for storage of rain water.

11.7 Water Requirement and Effluent Generation

The total water requirement is 10.5 KLD. Water requirement for the proposed activity is mainly for maintaining the green belt (0.4 KLD), for sprinkling on the haul roads (4.5 KLD) to mitigate dust emissions, occasional wet drilling (3.8 KLD) and for domestic purposes (1.8 KLD). Stagnated water in worked out area is used for sprinkling, wet drilling and green belt development. The domestic water will be drawn from Kondayapalem village. The generation of wastewater is from domestic source only; it is expected to be approximately 1.4 KLD, which is sent to septic tank followed by soak pit. The daily water requirement for the cluster of mine operations would be approximately 322.2 KLD comprising of requirement for water sprinkling on mine haulage roads etc. It is proposed 65.5 KLD of water is used for water sprinkling for common Road.

11.8 Baseline Environmental Status

The baseline data for ambient air quality, surface and ground water quality, noise, and soil quality was collected and analyzed for various parameters to determine the existing quality and flora and fauna study of the impact area was conducted during period of February – April 2019. The ambient air quality monitoring results shows that the values are within the prescribed limits of national ambient air quality standards. Ground water sample analysis results show that the values are above the limits for total dissolved solids, total hardness, most of the locations compared to Indian Standard Drinking Water Specification of IS: 10500-2012. Noise quality parameters in the study area are within prescribed limits of Ambient Noise Standards. There is no schedule I flora or fauna within the impact area.

11 - 5 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Summary and conclusion

11.8.1 Identification and Quantification of Impacts

The project activities that are likely to cause potential impacts on environment are mining operations, transport and associated infrastructure. Mining operations involve development of benches, haul roads, drilling, blasting, wire saw cutting, excavation, handling and transportation of mineral and waste materials. The likely effects of these activities are land degradation, fugitive dust generation, noise and vibration levels, increased run-off during monsoon and human health risks. There are 29 mines in the cluster area with an area of 235.2053 ha. The cumulative impacts due to the cluster are also assessed in addition to the impacts due to this project.

ISCST3 model was used for air quality impact predictions. The predicted maximum 24 hourly GLC’s for the cluster were used to predict the ground level concentrations, and the maximum predicted values of PM10 and PM2.5 are 10.55 and 3.17 g/m3 respectively and the maximum values are observed at center of mining area for the cluster. The cumulative values (baseline and predicted) are found to be within the prescribed standards of national ambient air quality.

11.9 Environment Management Plan

The management plan is drawn in consultation with the project proponent, mining engineer and geologist after evaluating various methods for mitigation and control of pollution. The environment management plan is drawn to address the impacts monitored, identified and predicted for the present project and the cluster in which the present project falls in. The environment management plan addresses the impacts identified.

11.9.1 Dust Emissions

Dust will be generated during mining, drilling and also during handling and transportation of the material. Haulage of minerals within lease area will lead to emissions of fugitive dust in the mining area. It is proposed to provide water sprinkling in haul roads to reduce the fugitive dust emissions. Tractor mounted sprinkler will be deployed. Dust generated during occasional drilling and blasting will be suppressed by covering the drill rods by wet gunny cloth.

11 - 6 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Summary and conclusion

11.9.2 Noise Pollution Control

Major noise sources during operation are mine machineries, equipment, occasional drilling and blasting and vehicular movement. The following measures will be adopted to reduce noise levels; improved silencers, mufflers and closed noise generating parts, regular and periodic maintenance of noise generating machinery including transport vehicles, location of site office and other infrastructures away from the noise sources. Personal protective equipment like earmuffs, earplugs. Canal caps will be provided to workers involved in work closer to noise generating sources. The exposure to noise levels is also mitigated by adopting employee rotation.

11.9.3 Water Resources and Waste Water Generation

The daily water requirement for the mine operations would be approximately 10.5 KLD comprising of requirement for water sprinkling on mine haulage roads etc. The other major impact anticipated from mining activity is erosion and sedimentation, as large area of land is exposed to erosion. The area exposed due to mining shall be 6.0 ha in this project. It is proposed to provide garland drains with rip rap at the discharge point to avoid sediment joining streams outside the ML area. The daily water requirement for the cluster of mine operations would be approximately 322.2 KLD comprising of requirement for water sprinkling on mine haulage roads etc. it is proposed to use 65.5 KLD of water for water sprinkling for common road.

11.9.4 Land Management

Land degradation is one of the major adverse impacts of opencast mining in the form of excavated voids and also in the form of waste dump of 1.8 ha. During plan period about 6.0 ha area will be occupied by pit, and plantation will cover 0.075 ha and roads cover an area of 0.03 ha. Other temporary constructions are dismantled after completion of mine workings.

11 - 7 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Summary and conclusion

11.9.6 Socio-Economic Environment

There are no settlements in the ML area. Hence no rehabilitation and resettlement (R&R) is required. The mining activity will improve the economic status of the people surrounding the mine lease area. The proposed project generates employment to 41 people, and all the semiskilled and unskilled jobs will be provided to the local villagers. Apart from employment, the state government and village panchayath will get royalty due to mining.

11.9.7 Green Belt

Greenbelt is proposed as an additional mitigation measure for dust control in addition to water sprinkling. It is proposed to have dense green belt in and around the mine site, loading and unloading facilities, and in abandoned mine area during reclamation process. About 0.075 ha (115 trees) area will be planted during lease grant year and 500 tress along connecting road. Precautionary measures like regular watering, providing manure and fencing will be taken up to achieve 90% of survival rate of plantation.

11.9.8 Transportation

The required truck trips for transporting the mineral from this mine lease shall be in the order of 2/day. The surrounding area is forming a cluster of mines producing granite and total number of truck trips generated due to the cluster is 279/day. Currently the Mine lease area is connected to Chennupalli to Mallayapalem road by a cart truck road. The Addanki-Narketpalli road is a 4-lane road and hence, the dispatch of trucks shall be staggered in consultation with neighboring mine lease proponents to avoid traffic congestion.

11.9.9 Occupational Health and Safety Measures

Protective equipment will be provided to the employees such as safety shoes, helmets and dust masks. Dust masks would be provided for the safety of workers at site, engaged at dust generation points like drills, loading and unloading points, etc. Dust masks would prevent inhalation of particulate matter thereby reducing the risk of lung diseases and other respiratory disorders. Regular health monitoring 11 - 8 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Summary and conclusion

of workers will be carried out. The health impact due to dust shall be addressed by rotation of employees from dust generating jobs after periodic health monitoring.

11.10 Environmental Monitoring Program

The monitoring program consists of collection and analysis of air, soil, noise and surface and ground water samples. Environmental monitoring shall be conducted on quarterly basis to assess the pollution level in the ML area and in the surrounding areas as well. An Environment Management cell shall be established to look after all the environment related activities. This cell will be headed by the Mines Manger. The cell is responsible for all the environmental management activities including environmental monitoring, greenbelt development and to ensure statutory compliance with the regulatory authorities. The total capital expenditure envisaged for environmental monitoring is Rs.1.56 lakhs. The total capital expenditure envisaged for cluster environmental monitoring is Rs.2.04 lakhs.

11.11 Environment management Plan

The management measures mentioned in the previous paragraphs with respect to air, noise and vibration, water, solid waste, occupational health and greenbelt are generically, applicable to both the mine leases in the cluster. Additionally, the following measures shall be adopted to mitigate the cumulative impacts; Strengthening of common haulage roads, mining activity during day time to reduce noise and vibration impact, blasting activity to be conducted at designated times decided on mutual consultation, mineral dispatch on mutual consultation to avoid traffic congestion, pooling of CER fund to avoid duplication of CER activity, adoption of water conservation measures and water harvesting measures in common properties of the surrounding villages after mutual consultation to compensate the water usage from common properties, plantation along connecting roads, drainage management and planning to avoid the sediment load and to avoid over flow of storm water into the connecting drains, mutual support in case of any emergency. The total capital expenditure envisaged for environmental management is Rs.12.81 lakhs with annual recurring expenditure of 5.97 lakhs. The

11 - 9 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Summary and conclusion

total capital expenditure envisaged for cluster environmental management is Rs.22.5 lakhs with annual recurring expenditure of 13.54 lakhs.

11.12 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

It is proposed to spend Rs. 1.4 Lakhs in five years for CER activities like provision of drinking water facility, solar street lamps, trees plantation. The management will provide training and awareness on job facilities to unemployed graduates and post graduates, embroidery and tailoring training to backward and weaker section women and training to local sports persons.

11.13 Mine Closure Plan

The disturbed land including area disturbed due to excavation, dumping, construction of haul roads, ramps, structures would be reclaimed before finally abandoning the mine. Thus, the area shall be fully reclaimed during last five years of life of the mine. During post mining period all the disturbed areas will be reclaimed before decommissioning / abandoning the mine. The closure involves the; back filling the over and side burden, fencing around the pit and greenery development. The top bench shall be afforested with local grass and plants.

11.14 Conclusion

The environmental impact study identified various mining activities that may result in change in baseline status, and accordingly the proposed mitigation measures mentioned in mine plan and the environment management plan were observed to be sufficient to ensure least impact on the surrounding areas. The residual impact due to mining is mainly loss of habitat which has to be compensated, loss of biodiversity which can be offset, and worked out mine pit which has to be reclaimed. The management assures to adopt extensive plantation in surrounding areas to compensate habitat and biodiversity loss, thereby reducing the impact to the maximum extent, while taking responsibility for implementing an effective mine closure plan.

11 - 10 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

CHAPTER 12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED Declaration by Experts Contributing to the EIA

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

EIA coordinator:

Name: Srinivasa Reddy Manchala

Signature and Date: October 27, 2020

Period of involvement: December 2018 to till date

Contact information: Team Labs and Consultants, B115 - 117, 509, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Hyderabad 500038.

Functional area experts:

Functi Involvement S. Name of the Signature and date onal (period and task**) No. expert/s areas Period of involvement: January 2019 to till date 1 AP M. Srinivasa Site visit, Design of AAQ network, supervision Reddy of AAQ monitoring, Compilation of emissions and characteristics, assessment of impacts due to the proposed project, identification of mitigation measures, preparation of EMP for AP, Preparation of monitoring plan for AP. 2 HW M. Srinivasa Site visit, Characterization of solid wastes, Reddy storage, and disposal plan for various solid wastes, assessment of impacts due to the proposed project, identification of mitigation measures, preparation of EMP for SHW. 3 RH M. Srinivasa Site visit, assessment of hazop reports, Reddy identification of sources of hazards, assessment of storages proposed in comparison with statutory regulations and calculation of FETI to assess the scope of risk assessment, preparation of isopleths for various scenarios as part of consequence analysis, identification of mitigation measures preparation of disaster management plan.

12 -1 Team Labs and consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

4 WP G.V.Reddy Site visit, identification of monitoring stations, supervision of sampling, Characterization of effluent, effluent treatment, assessment of impacts due to the proposed project, identification of mitigation measures, preparation of EMP for WP, Preparation of monitoring plan for WP. 5 SE G.V.Reddy Site visit, primary and secondary data collection of the impact area, assessment of impacts due to the project on socio economic status and project economy, preparation of CSR plan, Preparation of SE part of EIA report. 6 EB I. Sivarama Site visit, primary and secondary data collection Krishna related to ecology and biodiversity, assessment of impacts based on IAIA guidelines, preparation of mitigation measures and preparation of green belt plan and cost estimate, preparation of EB part of EIA report. 7 HG G.V.A. Identification of water sheds of the area by Ramakrishna preparing the drainage map, assessment of ground water potential of the site and impact area, preparation of rain water harvesting plan, assessment of impacts due to ground water abstraction and mitigation measures. 8 SC D. Sundar Identification of soil sampling locations and Rao characterization of the soils, interpretation of soil

analysis reports, assessment of impacts due to spillages, accidental releases of chemicals, effluents etc., and mitigation measures. 9 AQ M. Srinivasa Assisting AP FAE in identifying the AAQ Reddy monitoring stations by providing normal climatological and other historical data, Identification of Micrometeorological data monitoring station, supervision of met data collection using Automatic weather station, Preparation of emission details, Air quality impact prediction modeling, Calculation of work room concentrations of solvents using box model, Assessment of results and preparation of isopleths, assisting the AP FAE and EIA coordinator in preparation of EMP. 10 LU G.V.A. Preparation of land use land cover map using Ramakrishna satellite imagery, ground truth study, assessing the impacts due to project.

12 -2 Team Labs and consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person

I, G.V. Reddy hereby, confirm that the above-mentioned experts prepared the EIA report for Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu. I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Name : G.V. Reddy

Designation: Director

Name of the EIA consultant organization: Team Labs and Consultants

NABET Certificate No: NABET/ EIA/ 1821/ SA 0114, dt.04.09.2020.

12 -3 Team Labs and consultants

SRI MADDINENI VEERANJANEYULU SURVEY NO. 359 (PART), BALLIKURAVA VILLAGE AND MANDAL, PRAKASAM DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH

COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCE

SUBMITTED BY STUDIES AND DOCUMENTATION BY

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu TEAM Labs and Consultants

Arundalpet, Near Pichikala, B-115 to 117 & 509, Annapurna Block,

Guntur Ground, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Guntur District - 522 002 Hyderabad-500 038. Email: [email protected] Phone: 040-23748 555/616,

Telefax: 040-23748666

Email: [email protected]

SUBMITTED TO ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD, REGIONAL OFFICE, ONGOLE

State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) Andhra Pradesh Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change, Government of India D.No.33-26-14 D/2, Near Sunrise Hospital, Pushpa Hotel Centre, Chalamavari Street, Kasturibaipet, Vijayawada-520010

By Speed Post

Lr No. SEIAA/AP/PKM/MIN/12/2018/772- 303 Dt: 14.05.2019

To Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu, Arundalpet, Near Pichikala, Guntur Ground, Guntur District – 522 002.

Sir, Sub: SEIAA, A.P. – 8.460 Ha. Colour Granite Mine of Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu at Survey No. 359 (Part), Ballikurava Village and Mandal, Prakasam District, Andhra Pradesh – Terms of Reference (TOR) - Issued - Reg.

Ref: 1. Your re-submission of application received through online on 18.02.2019 (SIA/AP/MIN/ 31562 /2018). 2. SEAC Meeting held on 28.03.2019 3. SEIAA Meeting held on 16.04.2019

***

In continuation of the above, it is to inform that your application was examined by the State Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC) in its meeting held on 28.03.2019 . The representatives of the project proponent and their consultant M/s. Team Labs and Consultants have attended the meeting.

The Committee noted that this is a new Colour Granite Mine.

The Director of Mines & Geology, Ibrahimpatnam, Andhra Pradesh issued the In- principle letter on 16.11.2018 for mining lease for a period of 20 years.

The mining plan was approved on 01.12.2018.

The Asst. Director of Mines & Geology, Prakasam vide letter dated 08.02.2019, stated that there are two (02) quarry leases existing and ten (10) LOIs issued within 500 meters.

It is noted that the extent of proposed mine lease area (8.460 Ha.) is more than 5 Ha. Hence, the present proposal comes under category ‘B2 at par with B1’.

The proposed project falls under Item No. 1(a) of the schedule of the EIA Notification 2006- (i) Mining of minerals (<100 ha of mining lease area in respect of non- coal mine lease).

P.T.O

The Committee recommended for issue of Standard Terms of Reference (TOR) with public hearing for the proposed mining project for Colour Granite – 12867.11 m 3/annum. Addl.TOR: The project proponent shall submit the Remediation Plan for vegetation &canopy catchment area management plan and Top soil management. Addl.TOR: The project proponent shall submit the Remediation Plan for vegetation &canopy, catchment area management plan and Top soil management.

The issue was placed before the SEIAA in its meeting held on 16.04.2019 and the Authority agreed with recommendations of the SEAC, A.P.

In view of the above, you are requested to prepare EIA report based on the standard TOR with Public hearing along with the above said additional TOR and submit to the SEAC for appraisal. The Terms of the reference are valid for a period of three years.

Yours faithfully,

Sd/- MEMBER SECRETARY, SEIAA, A.P. Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Compliance of TOR

Compliance of Terms of Reference Introduction

Compliance for the TOR letter Issued by SEIAA, Andhra Pradesh, Govt of India, vide letter no. SEIAA/AP/PKM/MIN/12 /2018/772-303, dt. 14.05.2019.

Compliance of Terms of Reference S. No Terms of Reference Compliance 1. Year-wise production details since 1994 should In principle mine lease notice issued be given, clearly stating the highest production by Department of Mines and Geology, achieved in any one year prior to 1994. It may Government of Andhra Pradesh for a also be categorically informed whether there period of 20 years (Enclosed as had been any increase in production after the Annexure-1). It is a fresh mine EIA Notification, 1994 came into force w.r.t. the applying for Environmental clearance highest production achieved prior to 1994. 2. A copy of the document in support of the fact Lease memos order is enclosed as that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the Annexure-1 in EIA report. mine should be given. 3. All documents including approved mine plan, The Mining plan has been approved by EIA and public hearing should be compatible the Joint and Deputy Director of Mines with one another in terms of the mine lease and Geology, Guntur, Government of area, production levels, waste generation and Andhra Pradesh, Government of its management and mining technology and Andhra Pradesh. EIA report is should be in the name of the lessee. prepared for same extent, same method of mining, same production, waste generation and its management. The final EIA report is submitted after Public hearing. Mine lease area is 10 ha, Mining technology, Production capacity is presented in chapter-2.0 of EIA report, page no. 2-10 to 2-19. 4. All corner coordinates of the mine lease area, Corner coordinates of the mine lease superimposed on a High-Resolution area is superimposed on Survey of Imagery/toposheet, topographic sheet, India topo sheet and presented in geomorphology and geology of the area should chapter-1 of EIA report, page no. 1-4. be provided. Such an Imagery of the proposed Land use and land cover of the area is area should clearly show the land use and presented in chapter-3.0 of EIA report, other ecological features of the study area (core page no. 3.11. and buffer zone). 5. Information should be provided in Survey of Land use and land cover of the area is India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale indicating presented in chapter-3.0 of EIA report, geological map of the area, geomorphology of page no. 3.11. land forms of the area, existing minerals and mining history of the area, important water bodies, streams and rivers and soil characteristics. 6. Details about the land proposed for mining The present mining lease area is activities should be given with information as granted to independent entrepreneur.

C-1 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Compliance of TOR

S. No Terms of Reference Compliance to whether mining conforms to the land use He prepared and approved the policy of the State; land diversion for mining Environment Policy. Objective and should have approval from State land use Responsibility of the policy are board or the concerned authority. presented in Environment Management Plan, page no. 10-9. 7. It should be clearly stated whether the The present mining lease area is proponent company has a well laid down granted to an independent Environment Policy approved by its Board of entrepreneur. He has prepared and Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the EIA approved the Environment Policy. report with description of the prescribed Objective and Responsibility of the operating process/procedures to bring into policy are presented in Environment focus any infringement/deviation/violation of Management Plan, page no. 10-9. the environmental or forest norms/ conditions? The hierarchical system or administrative order of the Company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions may also be given. The system of reporting of non- compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the Company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large may also be detailed in the EIA report. 8. Issues relating to Mine Safety, including Occupational Safety and Health subsidence study in case of underground measures are presented in EIA report, mining and slope study in case of open cast page no. 10-13. Subsidence is not mining, blasting study etc. should be detailed. anticipated as it is an open cast mining The proposed safeguard measures in each case activity. should also be provided. 9. The study area will comprise of 10 km zone The study area considered is 10 km around the mine lease from lease periphery around the periphery of mine lease and the data contained in the EIA such as area (Refer EIA, page no. 1-4). Waste waste generation etc should be for the life of management details are presented in the mine / lease period. Page no 10.8. 10. Land use of the study area delineating forest Land use and land cover map of the area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife study area is presented in chapter-3 of sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of EIA report, page no. 3-11. There is no fauna, water bodies, human settlements and national park, wildlife sanctuary other ecological features should be indicated. within 10 km of the mine lease Land use plan of the mine lease area should be periphery. Land use plan of the mine prepared to encompass preoperational, lease area is presented in chapter 2.0, operational and post operational phases and page no: 2-2. submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land use should be given. 11. Details of the land for any Over Burden Dumps Waste management details are outside the mine lease, such as extent of land presented in Page no 10.8. area, distance from mine lease, its land use, R&R issues, if any, should be given.

C-2 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Compliance of TOR

S. No Terms of Reference Compliance 12. A Certificate from the Competent Authority in The proposed mine lease area is a the State Forest Department should be government revenue land, no forest provided, confirming the involvement of forest land is involved. land, if any, in the project area. In the event of any contrary claim by the Project Proponent regarding the status of forests, the site may be inspected by the State Forest Department along with the Regional Office of the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests, based on which, the Certificate in this regard as mentioned above be issued. In all such cases, it would be desirable for representative of the State Forest Department to assist the Expert Appraisal Committees. 13. Status of forestry clearance for the broken up The proposed mine lease area is a govt area and virgin forest land involved in the land, no forest land is involved and no Project including deposition of net present permission is required. value (NPV) and compensatory afforestation (CA) should be indicated. A copy of the forestry clearance should also be furnished. 14. Implementation status of recognition of forest The proposed mine lease area is a rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other government revenue land and the area Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of does not belong to scheduled tribes Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated. and other traditional forest dwellers. 15. The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the Vegetation and flora of the core zone study area, with necessary details, should be and buffer zone are presented in given. chapter-3.0 of EIA report, page no.3-48. 16. A study shall be got done to ascertain the There is no wildlife sanctuary within impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of the 10km radius of the lease periphery and study area and details furnished. Impact of the there is no wild animal movement in project on the wildlife in the surrounding and core and buffer zone. There is no any other protected area and accordingly schedule-I flora and fauna present in detailed mitigative measures required, should the 10km radius from the mine lease be worked out with cost implications and periphery. submitted. 17. Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, There is no Ecologically sensitive area Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, like National Park, Wildlife/Bird Ramsar site Tiger/Elephant Reserves (existing sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Wildlife as well as proposed), if any, within 10 km of Corridor, Tiger/Elephant Reserve and the mine lease should be clearly indicated, Critically Polluted area within the 10 supported by a location map duly km radius of the mine lease periphery. authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance, as may be applicable to such projects due to proximity of the ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned above, should be obtained from the Standing Committee of National Board of Wildlife and copy furnished. C-3 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Compliance of TOR

S. No Terms of Reference Compliance 18. A detailed biological study of the study area Biological study of the study area [core [core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of periphery of the mine lease)] shall be carried the periphery of the mine lease)] is out. Details of flora and fauna, endangered, conducted. Flora and fauna of the endemic and RET Species duly authenticated, study area separately for core and separately for core and buffer zone should be buffer zone is presented in chapter-3.0 furnished based on such primary field survey, of EIA report, page no. 3-48. clearly indicating the Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any scheduled-I fauna found in the study area, the necessary plan along with budgetary provisions for their conservation should be prepared in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department and details furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for implementing the same should be made as part of the project cost. 19. Proximity to Areas declared as 'Critically There is no Critically Polluted area Polluted' or the Project areas likely to come within the 10 km radius of the mine under the 'Aravali Range', (attracting court lease periphery. restrictions for mining operations), should also be indicated and where so required, clearance certifications from the 'prescribed Authorities, such as the SPCB or State Mining Dept. should be secured and furnished to the effect that the proposed mining activities could be considered. 20. Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map duly Not applicable, The Mine lease area is authenticated by one of the authorized away from CRZ. agencies demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area, location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal features such as mangroves, if any, should be furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects falling under CRZ would also need to obtain approval of the concerned Coastal Zone Management Authority). 21. R&R Plan/compensation details for the Project The proposed mine lease area has no Affected People (PAP) should be furnished. settlements, and hence R&R of village While preparing the R&R Plan, the relevant does not arise. The mining lease area State/National Rehabilitation & Resettlement does not belong to any scheduled area Policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs and other weaker sections of the /STs and other weaker sections of the society society. in the study area, a need based sample survey, family-wise, should be undertaken to assess their requirements, and action programmes prepared and submitted accordingly, integrating the sectoral programmes of line departments of the State Government. It may be clearly brought out whether the village(s) C-4 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Compliance of TOR

S. No Terms of Reference Compliance located in the mine lease area will be shifted or not. The issues relating to shifting of Village(s) including their R&R and socio-economic aspects should be discussed in the report. 22. One season (non-monsoon) [ i.e. March – May The baseline study was carried out in (Summer Season); October to December (post the months of February - April 2019. monsoon season); December to February Ambient Air Quality Status, Water (winter Season)] primary baseline data on quality data, Noise level data, soil ambient air quality as per CPCB Notification of analysis data, Site specific 2009, water quality, noise level, soil and flora meteorological data and flora and and fauna shall be collected and the AAQ and fauna of the study area is presented in other data so compiled presented date-wise in chapter 3.0, EIA report. the EIA and EMP Report. Site-specific meteorological data should also be collected. The location of the monitoring stations should be such as to represent whole of the study area and justified keeping in view the pre-dominant downwind direction and location of sensitive receptors. There should be at least one monitoring station within 500 m of the mine lease in the pre-dominant downwind direction. The mineralogical composition of PM10, particularly for free silica, should be given. 23. Air quality modeling should be carried out for ISCST3 model is used for Air quality prediction of impact of the project on the air modeling for prediction of impact on quality of the area. It should also take into air quality including vehicle account the impact of movement of vehicles for movement for transportation of transportation of mineral. The details of the mineral, input parameters is presented model used and input parameters used for in annexures. Predicted and modeling should be provided. The air quality cumulative concentrations are contours may be shown on a location map presented in chapter-4.0 of EIA report, clearly indicating the location of the site, page no. 4-20. location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the habitation. The wind roses showing predominant wind direction may also be indicated on the map. 24. The water requirement for the Project, its Water requirement for the project, availability and source should be furnished. A Water balance details are presented in detailed water balance should also be chapter-2.0 of EIA report. provided. Fresh water requirement for the Project should be indicated. 25. Necessary clearance from the Competent Rainwater stored in the working area Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of will be used for dust suppression and water for the Project should be provided. greenbelt development. Domestic water is drawn from Alamanda village/ storm water storage. 26. Description of water conservation measures Rain water will be diverted into proposed to be adopted in the Project should working area by constructing drains to C-5 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Compliance of TOR

S. No Terms of Reference Compliance be given. Details of rainwater harvesting store and use for dust suppression and proposed in the Project, if any, should be greenbelt development. Details are provided. presented in Environment management plan, page no. 10-6. 27. Impact of the project on the water quality, both The ground water level is 20 m depth surface and groundwater should be assessed at outside the lease area. There is no and necessary safeguard measures, if any surface water bodies are having in and required, should be provided. around the mine lease area. Hence there is no impact on surface and ground water quality. However, the existing water quality analysis results are presented in chapter-3.0, page no. 3-21. 28. Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly The ground water level is 20 m depth be shown whether working will intersect at outside the lease area. Hence there is groundwater. Necessary data and no intersect on ground water is documentation in this regard may be provided. observed. In case the working will intersect groundwater table, a detailed Hydro Geological Study should be undertaken and Report furnished. The Report inter – alia, shall include details of the aquifers present and impact of mining activities on these aquifers. Necessary permission from Central Ground Water Authority for working below ground water and for pumping of ground water should also be obtained and copy furnished. 29. Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise, No river is passing through the mine passing through the lease area and lease area. No modification / diversion modification / diversion proposed, if any, and are required. the impact of the same on the hydrology should be brought out. 30. Information on site elevation, working depth, The mining activity is carried out from groundwater table etc. Should be provided western part to towards eastern both in AMSL and BGL. A schematic diagram direction. may also be provided for the same. 31. A time bound Progressive Greenbelt Green belt development plan is Development Plan shall be prepared in a presented in Environment tabular form (indicating the linear and Management Plan, page no. 10-6. quantitative coverage, plant species and time frame) and submitted, keeping in mind, the same will have to be executed up front on commencement of the project. Phase wise plan of plantation and compensatory afforestation should be charted clearly indicating the area to be covered under plantation and the species to be planted. The details of plantation already done should also be given. The plant species C-6 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Compliance of TOR

S. No Terms of Reference Compliance selected for greenbelt should have greater ecological value and should be of good utility value to the local population with emphasis on local and native species and the species which are tolerant to pollution. 32. Impact on local transport infrastructure due to There shall not be any adverse impact the Project should be indicated. Projected due to increased traffic as the existing increase in truck traffic as a result of the Project connecting road has low traffic in the present road network (including those density. outside the Project area) should be worked out, indicating whether it is capable of handling the incremental load. Arrangement for improving the infrastructure, if contemplated (including action to be taken by other agencies such as State Government) should be covered. Project proponent shall conduct Impact of transportation study as per Indian Road Congress Guidelines. 33. Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be Site services and other details are provided to the mine workers should be presented in chapter-2.0 of EIA report included in the EIA report. 34. Conceptual post mining land use and Conceptual Plan is presented in Reclamation and Restoration of mined out chapter-2.0 of EIA report. areas (with plans and with adequate number of sections) should be given in the EIA report. 35. Occupational Health impacts of the Project Occupational Safety and Health should be anticipated and the proposed measures are presented in EIA report, preventive measures spelt out in detail. Details page no. 10-10. Frequency of Health of pre-placement medical examination and Monitoring presented in EIA report, periodical medical examination schedules page no. 10-13. should be incorporated in the EMP. The project Specific occupational health mitigation measures with required facilities proposed in the mining area may be detailed. 36. Public health implications of the Project and Pre placement medical examination related activities for the population in the will be conducted and the periodical impact zone should be systematically medical examination will be conducted evaluated and the proposed remedial measures to the mine workers. Details are should be detailed along with budgetary presented in EIA report, page no. 10- allocations. 13. 37. Measures of socio economic significance and Socio economic development influence to the local community proposed to including CER activities is presented in be provided by the Project Proponent should Environment Management Plan, page be indicated. As far as possible, quantitative no. 10-12. dimensions may be given with time frames for implementation. 38. Detailed environmental management plan The environment management plan is

C-7 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Compliance of TOR

S. No Terms of Reference Compliance (EMP) to mitigate the environmental impacts presented in chapter 10.12. which, should inter-alia include the impacts of change of land use, loss of agricultural and grazing land, if any, occupational health impacts besides other impacts specific to the proposed Project. 39. Public hearing points raised and commitment The Final EIA is prepared after of the project proponent on the same along conducting public hearing. Issues with time bound action plan with budgetary raised and commitment of the provisions to implement the same should be proponent are incorporated in the final provided and also incorporated in the final EIA repor.t EIA/EMP Report of the Project. 40. Details of litigation pending against the project, No court case is pending against the if any, with direction /order passed by any project. Court of Law against the project should be given. 41. The cost of the project (capital cost and The capital cost of EMP and recurring recurring cost) as well as the cost towards cost for EMP details are presented in implementation of EMP should clearly be spelt Page no 10-14 in chapter 10.12. out. 42. A Disaster management plan shall be prepared Disaster management plan presented and included in the EIA/EMP report. in Chapter 7.0. 43. Benefits of the project if the project is The projects benefits are presented in implemented should be spelt out. The benefits Chapter 8.0 of the project shall clearly indicate environmental, social, economic, employment potential, etc. 44. Besides the above, the below mentioned general points are also to be followed: - a) All documents to be properly referenced with The documents enclosed as annexure index and continuous page numbering. are properly indexed with continuous page numbers and the same is presented in contents also. b) Where data are presented in the report Baseline data for air, water, soil, noise, especially in tables, the period in which the flora and fauna was collected during data were collected and the sources should be the period of March – May 2019. indicated. c) Project Proponent shall enclose all the Analysis reports are enclosed in EIA analysis/testing reports of water, air, soil, noise report. etc. using the MoEF&CC/NABL accredited laboratories. All the original analysis/testing reports should be available during appraisal of the Project. d) Where the documents provided are in a noted language other than English, an English translation should be provided. e) The Questionnaire for environmental appraisal Questionnaire for environmental of mining projects as devised earlier by the appraisal of mining project is Enclosed.

C-8 Team Labs and Consultants Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Compliance of TOR

S. No Terms of Reference Compliance Ministry shall also be filled and submitted. f) While preparing the EIA report, the Instructions issued by MoEFCC are instructions for the Proponents and followed for preparation of EIA. instructions for the Consultants issued by MoEF vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II(I) dated 4th August, 2009, which are available on the website of this Ministry, should be followed. g) Changes, if any made in the basic scope and There is no change in the scope of the project parameters (as submitted in Form-I and project which was obtained TOR. the PFR for securing the TOR) should be brought to the attention of MoEF&CC with reasons for such changes and permission should be sought, as the TOR may also have to be altered. Post Public Hearing changes in structure and content of the draft EIA/EMP (other than modifications arising out of the P.H. process) will entail conducting the PH again with the revised documentation. h) As per the circular no. J-11011/618/2010-IA.II There is no Environmental clearance (I) dated 30.5.2012, certified report of the status obtained earlier for this project. of compliance of the conditions stipulated in the environment clearance for the existing operations of the project, should be obtained from the Regional Office of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, as may be applicable. i) The EIA report should also include Surface, Geological plan and (i) surface plan of the area indicating contours Geological Cross Sections is enclosed of main topographic features, drainage and in chapter-2 of EIA report, page no. 2- mining area, 4. Working plan and sections of the (ii) geological maps and sections and mine pit and dump area is presented Sections of the mine pit and external dumps, if in page no. 2-11. any, clearly showing the land features of the adjoining area. Additional ToR i The environmental public hearing to be The final EIA is submitted after Public . conducted as per provision of EIA notification Hearing. 2006

C-9 Team Labs and Consultants

SRI MADDINENI VEERANJANEYULU SURVEY NO. 359 (PART), BALLIKURAVA VILLAGE AND MANDAL, PRAKASAM DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH

4.ANNEXURE

Submitted By Studies and Documentation BY

Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu TEAM Labs and Consultants

Arundalpet, Near Pichikala, B-115 to 117 & 509, Annapurna Block,

Guntur Ground, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Guntur District – 522 002 Hyderabad-500 038. Email: [email protected] Phone: 040-23748 555/616,

Telefax: 040-23748666

Email: [email protected]

SUBMITTED TO ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD, REGIONAL OFFICE, ONGOLE

Annexure of EIA/EMP

ANNEXURE

Google Map

A-1 Team Labs and Consultants

PROFORMA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL OF MINING PROJECTS (MINING SECTOR PROJECTS) Note 1 : All information to be given in the form of Annex/s should be properly numbered and form part of reply to this proforma. Note 2 : Please enter √ in appropriate box where answer is Yes / No Note 3 : No abbreviation to be used - Not available or Not applicable should be clearly mentioned.

Note 4 : Core zone is the mining lease area. Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha is to be considered as 5 km all around the periphery of the core zone and for ML area above 25 ha an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone.

Note 5 : Adopt Scoping process in carrying out EIA study.

Note 6 : Please indicate source of data.

1. General Information

(a) Name of the project : Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu

(i) Name of the proponent : Sri Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Mailing Address : Arundalpet, Near Pichikala, Guntur Ground, Guntur District – 522 002 Email ID: [email protected]

Telephone : Fax No. : -- Objective of the project: production capacity of 85780.74 m3/annum (Colour granite - recovery @ 15% - 12867.11 m3/annum and waste @ 85% - 72913.63 m3/annum)

(c) Location of mine (s) State and Mandal Village Lease Ownership of Sy. No. District Area, ha the lease area Andhra Ballikurav Ballikurava 8.46 Govt. Land 359 (p) Pradesh and a Prakasam

(d) Does the proposal relate to:

(i) New mine Yes  No

(ii) Expansion Yes × No

 Increase in ML area Yes × No

 Increase in annual production Yes × No

Q-1

(iii) Renewal of ML Yes × No

(iv) Modernisation Yes × No

(e) Site Information

(i) Geographical Location 16° 2'18.22" - 16° 2'34.96" N  Latitude

80° 0'15.99" - 80° 0'32.09" E  Longitude

 Survey of India Topo sheet number 56 P16

 Elevation above Mean Sea Level 73 - 313 m  Total mining lease area (in ha.) 8.46 (ii) Dominant nature of terrain

 Flat Yes × No

 Undulated Yes × No

 Hilly Yes  No

2. Land usage of the mining lease area (in ha.)

(a) Agricultural ×

(b) Forest ×

(d) Grazing ×

(e) Surface water bodies ×

(f) Others (Specify) ×

Total 8.46

3. Indicate the seismic zone in which ML area falls. In case of zone IV & V, details of earth quakes in last 10 years. Seismic Zone II: Low Damage Risk Zone

(a) Severity (Richter Scale) -

(b) Impact i.e. Damage to

 Life Yes × No  Property Yes × No  Existing mine Yes × No

Q-2 4. Break-up of mining lease area (in ha.) as per approved conceptual plan: Mining Lease Area Total Area acquired Area to be acquired Purpose Government Private Government Private Government Private Forest Others Agri Others Forest Others Agri Others Forest Others Agri Others 1. Area to be excavated × 6.0 × × × × × × × × × × 2. Storage for top soil × x × × × × × × × × × × 3. Overburden / Dumps × 1.8 × × × × × × × × × × 4. Mineral storage × x × × × × × × × × × × 5. Infrastructure (Workshop, × 0.02 × × × × × × × × × × Administrative Building) 6. Roads × 0.03 × × × × × × × × × × 7. Railways × × × × × × × × × × × × 8. Green Belt × 0.075 × × × × × × × × × × 9.Tailings pond × × × × × × × × × × × × 10.Effluent treatment plant × × × × × × × × × × × × 11.Coal handling plant / × × × × × × × × × × × × mineral separation plant 12. Township area × × × × × × × × × × × × 13.Other (Specify)-vacent × 0.535 × × × × × × × × × ×

TOTAL × 8.46 × × × × × × × × × ×

Q-3 5. Township (outside mining lease) - NA-

(a) Total area (in ha) -

(b) No. of dwelling units -

6. Distance of water bodies (in km)

Distance River Bank * Other Water bodies * from Sea / creek / lake / nalla etc. (specify) Mining lease boundary Nil Nil Ancillary facilities [* From highest flood line / high tide line]

7. For projects falling within the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ)

Whether the mineral to be mined is of rare Nature and not available outside CRZ? Yes No 

if yes, annex a scaled location map showing low tide line (LTL), high tide line (HTL) duly demarcated by one of the authorized agencies* [ *Director, Space Application Centre, Ahmedabad: Centre for Earth Sciences Studies, Thiruvananthapuram: Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University, Chennai: Institute of Wetland Management & Ecological Designs, KolKata: Naval Hydrographers’s Office, Dehradun: National Institute of Oceanography, Panjim, Goa: and National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai], boundary of mining lease area, distance of ML area from LTL and HTL CRZ boundary and CRZ classification of the project area as per the approved Coastal Zone Management Plan, and settlements, sand dunes, mangroves, forest land/patches, turtles breeding and nesting sites etc., if any, in the project area.

8. Indicate aerial distance from the periphery of core zone / area from the periphery of the buffer zone to the boundary of following (up to 10 km):

S. Areas Name Aerial distance from No. (in km.) Core * Buffer* Zone Zone 1. National Park / Sanctuary - - - 2. Biosphere Reserve / Tiger Reserve / - - - Elephant Reserve / any other Reserve 3. Forest (RF / PF / unclassified) Enclosed in EIA report 4. Habitat for migratory birds - - 5. Corridor for animals of schedule I & - - II of the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 6. Archaeological sites - - * Notified * Others

Q-4 7. Defence Installation - - 8. Industries / Thermal Power Plants - - 9. Other Mines Enclosed - 10. Airport - - 11. Railway Lines - - 12. National / State Highways - - [* Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around the periphery of the core zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone].

9.Description of flora & fauna separately in the core and buffer zones.* (Enclosed in Chapter-3 of EIA report) [* Consult the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as amended subsequently and list species with (1) Common name (2) Scientific name and (3) under which schedule of the Wildlife (Protection) Act the identified species fall. Get the list authenticated by an Expert in the field / credible scientific institute / University / Chief Wildlife Warden office. Information to be based on field survey.]

A. Flora Core Zone Buffer Zone 1. Agricultural crops 2. Commercial crops 3. Plantation 4. Natural vegetation / forest type 5. Grass lands 6. Endangered species 7. Endemic species 8. Others (Specify) B. Fauna 1. Total listing of faunal elements 2. Endangered species 3. Endemic species 4. Migratory species 5. Details of aquatic fauna, if applicable

10. Details of mineral reserves (as per approved Mining Plan) Quantity (in Tons)

(a) Proved 1336335.5

(b) Indicated

(d) Mineable reserves 1009479.9

11. Major geological formation / disturbances in the mining lease area

(a) Geological maps submitted Yes  No

(b) Geological sections submitted Yes  No

(d) Whether the presence, if any, Noted of

Q-5

(i) Faults Yes No 

(ii) Dykes Yes No 

(iii) Shear Zone Yes No 

[ (iv) Folds Yes No 

 (v) Other weak zones Yes No

(e) Source of data (Indicate) Primary Source

12. Production of mineral(s) and life of mine (a) Rated capacity of mine (Tonnes / annum) Mineral wise (Tonnes / annum) production capacity of 85780.74 m3/annum (Colour granite - recovery @ 15% - 12867.11 m3/annum and waste @ 85% - 72913.63 m3/annum)

(b) Life of mine at proposed capacity (Years) 79 years (c) Lease period (Years) 20 (d) Date of expiry of lease (D /M /Y) 2038

(e) Indicate in case of existing mines (Ref: Chapter 2.0, EIA report) (i) Date of opening of mine

(ii) Production in the last 5 years 1st year 5th year from year 2006 to year 2011 in tonnes. (iii) Projected production for the next 6th to 10th year 5 years from year 2012 to year

2016 in tonnes.

(iv) Whether mining was suspended after Yes No  opening of the mine?

If yes, details thereof including last production figure and reason for the same.

(f) Whether plans & sections provided? Yes No 

13. Type and method of mining operations

TYPE METHOD Opencast  Manual Underground Semi-mechanised  Q-6 Both Mechanised

14. Details of ancillary operations for mineral processing

(a) Existing ×

(b) Additional × 15. Mine details

(a) Opencast mine *(Mining Operation Details are Enclosed in Chapter-2)

(i) Stripping ratio (mineral in tonnes to over burden in m3)

(ii) Ultimate working depth (in m bgl)

(iii) Indicate present working depth in case of existing mine (in m bgl)

(iv) Thickness of top soil (in m.):

 Minimum ×  Maximum ×  Average ×

(v) Thickness of overburden (in m.)

 Minimum ×  Maximum ×  Average ×

(vi) Mining Plan

 Height and width of the bench in overburden / waste.  Height & width of the bench in ore body / coal seam.

 Proposed inclination / slope of the sides of the opencast mine (separately for overburden, coal / ore and overall slope of the pit sides) both while operating the mine as well as at the time of closure of the mine.  Whether transverse sections across the Yes No  Opencast mine at the end of fifth year and at the end of the life of the mine have been submitted?

(vii) Type of blasting, if any, to be adopted. ×

(b) Underground mine -NA-

Q-7

(i) Seam / Ore body Min.Depth (m) Max. Depth (m) Avg. thickness (m)

Rate of dip in degree Direction of dip (ii) Mode of entry into the mine

 Shaft  Adit  Incline (iii) Details of machinery

On surface At Face For transportation Others (iv) Method of stoping (metalliferrous mines)

 Open

 Filled

 Shrinkage

 Caving

 Combination of above

 Others (Specify) (v) Extraction method

[  Caving

 Stowing

 Partial extraction

(vi) Subsidence

 Predicted max. subsidence (in m)

 Max. value of tensile strain (in mm/m)

 Max. slope change (in mm/m)

 Whether identified possible subsidence area(s) superimposed on Surface Yes No Plan has been submitted?

 Major impacts on surface features like natural drainage pattern, houses, buildings, water bodies, roads, forest, Q-8 etc.  Salient features of subsidence management (monitoring and control). 16. Surface drainage pattern at mine site

(a) Whether the pre-mining surface drainage plan Yes No  submitted?

(b) Do you propose any modification / diversion Yes No  in the existing natural drainage pattern at any stage? If yes, when. Provide location map indicating contours, dimensions of water body to be diverted, direction of flow of water and proposed route / changes, if any i.e. realignment of river / nallah / any other water body falling within core zone and its impact.

17. Embankment and / or weir construction

(a) Do you propose, at any stage, construction of

(i) Embankment for protection against flood? Yes No 

(ii) Weir for water storage for the mine? Yes No 

(b) If so, provide details thereof.

(d) Impact of weir on down stream users of water.

18. Vehicular traffic density (outside the ML area) Type of vehicles No. of vehicles per day

(a) Existing

(b) After the proposed activity Trucks 54

19. Loading, transportation and unloading of mineral and waste rocks on surface:

(a) Manual Yes No  (b) Tubs, mine cars, etc. Yes No 

 Q-9 (d) Conveyors (belt, chain, etc.) Yes No

(e) Others (specify) Loader will use for loading 20. Mineral(s) transportation outside the ML area – (annual) Qty. (in Tons) Percentage (%) Length (in km)

(a) Road 100

(b) Rail

(e) Water ways

(f) Pipeline

(g) Others (Specify)

Total 100

Q-10 21. Baseline Meteorological and Air Quality data (Enclosed in Chapter-3 of EIA report (a) Micro-meteorological data (Refer Chapter-3 of EIA report) [Continuous monitoring through autographic instrument for one full season other than monsoon]

(i) Wind rose pattern for one full season (16 points of compass i.e. N, NNE, NE, ---) based on 24-hourly data. For coastal area also furnish day-time and night time data.

 Day time

 Night time

 24 – hours period

(ii) Site specific monitored data

Month Wind Speed (kmph) Temperature (oC) Relative Humidity (%) Rain Fall * (mm) Cloud Cover** (Octas of sky)

Mean Max. % of Mean Highest Lowest Mean Highe Lowest Total 24-hours No. of Mean calm (Dry Bulb) st Highest rainy days

* 24-hours rainfall should be reported from 08:30 hrs. IST of previous day to 08:30 hrs. IST of the day. * Rainy day is considered when 24 hrs. Rainfall is  2.5 mm. ** Visual observations of cloud cover should be recorded four times a day at regular intervals.

(iii) Indicate name and distance of the nearest IMD meteorological Ongole station from which climatological data have been obtained for reporting in the EIA report, if any.

Q-11 (b) Ambient air quality data* (RPM, SPM, SO2, and NOx) (Enclosed in Chapter-3 of EIA report)

[*Monitoring should be carried out covering one full season except monsoon – same season as in 21 (a) (i)] [*Frequency of sampling: Sampling to be done twice a week for the entire season 24 hourly for SPM & RPM. For gaseous pollutants 24- hourly data be given irrespective of the sampling period. ]

(i) Season and period for which monitoring has been carried out (ii) No. of samples collected at each monitoring station - 24

SPM RPM SO2 Nox Pb** Name of monitoring equipment used

Equipment sensitivity

Permissible AAQ standard (CPCB) R

Monitoring No. of Category* Min. Max. 95% Min. Max. 95% Min. Max. 95% Min. Max. 95% Min. Max. 95% Location Samples (R, I, S) tile tile tile tile tile Drawn

Core zone

CA1

CA2

CA3

Q-12

Buffer zone

BA1

BA2

BA3

*R = Residential; I = Industrial; S = Sensitive

**Pb for mineral specific sites only.

# Annex a location map indicating location of AAQ stations, their direction and distance with respect to project site.

Q-13 22. Stack and emission details , if any* -NA-

Exhaust / Flue gas Sl. Process / unit of Height of Internal Flue gas Emission rate (kg/hr) Heat No. operation (e.g. stack (m) top dia. exit emission DG Set, Boiler) (m) velocity rate from Temp Density Specific Volumetric SPM SO2 NOx CO (m/sec) top of OC Heat flow rate stack (m3/hr.) (K.cal/hr) 1 2

23. Details of fugitive emissions during mining operations*: Water sprinkling provided. 24. Air Quality Impact Prediction (AQIP)* (Enclosed in Chapter-4 of EIA report) (a) Details of model(s) used for AQIP including grid ISCST3 model of Lakes Environmental Based on USEPA, ISCST3 Algorithms size, terrain features, and input meteorological data 1kmX1km, Point, Area, Volume and Open Pits. (b) Maximum incremental GLC values of pollutants based on prediction exercise (in μg/m3) S. No. Pollutants Incremental Value Ambient Air Quality Resultant Air Quality

1. SPM

2**. SO2

3**. NOX

[* Question Number 22, 23 & 24 need not be filled-in for mines having ML area of 25 ha. or less.]

[**Information on item no. 2 & 3 to be provided in cases with captive power generation of 500 KVA and above]

Q-14 25. Water requirement (m3/day) 10.5 KLD, Presented in EIA report page no 2.11.

Purpose Avg. Demand Peak Demand

A. Mine site 1. Mine operation 2. Land reclamation 3. Dust suppression 4. Drinking 5. Green Belt 6. Beneficiation 7. Washeries 8. Fire Service 9. Others (specify)- domestic

B. Township 1. Green Belt 2. Domestic 3. Other (specify)

Total

26. Source of water supply*

S. No. Source m3/day × 1 River (name) 10.5 2 Ground water

3 Mine water (sump / pit) 10

4 Other surface water bodies (specify) From nearby villages

[*Annex a copy of sanction letter / permission from the concerned authority (Central Ground Water Authority in case of ground water abstraction is from notified area / State Ground Water Board in case of non-notified area / State Irrigation Department for surface water pumping) for drawing water.]

Q-15 27. Lean season flow in case of pumping from river / nalla (cumecs) -NA- 28. Ground water potential of the study area 28.1. Ground water availability (a) Range of water table (m bgl) (i) Pre-monsoon (April/May)  Core Zone  Buffer zone 18-30 (ii) Post-monsoon (November)  Core Zone

 Buffer zone 15-20 (b) Total annual replenishable recharge (million m3/ year)  By ground water table fluctuation method ×  By rainfall infiltration factor method ×

3 (d) Estimated draft through mine discharge (million m / year) × (e) Net annual ground water availability (million m3/ year) × (f) Stage of ground water development in %

× 28.2. Water demand - Competing users of the water source Enclosed in Chapter-2 of EIA report.

S. Usage Present Consumption Additional proposed Total No. (m3/day) as per local plan (m3/day) (m3/day) Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground 1 Domestic 2 Irrigation 3 Industry 4 Mining 5 Others (specify) Green Belt + water sprinkling Total

Q-16 29. Water quality* (Enclosed in Chapter-3 of EIA report (a) Annex physico -chemical analysis of water at intake point **

(b) In case of existing mine, annex report on quality of water discharge i.e. complete physico - chemical analysis**

[*For non-discharging mines at least four ground water samples to be taken preferably from downstream direction of the mine in pre-monsoon and post-monsoon periods and analysed. For discharging mines six samples are to be analysed]

**All parameters as per BIS 10500. Indicate name of Methodology, Equipment used for analysis, and Detection Level (DL) for each parameter. *** Wherever any analytical parameter is below detection level, “BDL” (Below Detection Level) should be written instead of ‘NIL’. 29. Impact on ground water regime / stream / lake / springs due to mine dewatering *-NA. Ground water level is 25m BGL and max. depth of mining is 20m. (a) Radius of influence (in m) [To be estimated based on analysis of pumping test data and application of empirical formula]

(b) Whether saline water ingress will take place? Yes No (applicable to coastal areas)

(c) Impact on stream / lake / springs [* Provide a comprehensive hydro-geological assessment report if the average mine dewatering is more than 100 m3/day and or going below water table in non-monsoon period. The report should be based on preferably latest one year pre-monsoon and post-monsoon baseline data covering information on ground water situation, aquifer characteristics, water level conditions (April – May and November), estimate of ground water resources, predicted impact of the project on ground water regime and detailed remedial / conservation measures such as artificial recharge of ground water etc. The report should be based on actual field inventory out of existing wells, at least 30 observation wells in the buffer zone with supplementary information from secondary sources (mention name). For estimation** of ground water resource (refer question no. 28 above) be designated study area of the buffer zone may be sub-divided into command and non-command areas, watershed-wise (in case of hard rock / consolidated formations) / block-wise / mandal-wise in case of alluvial / unconsolidated formations)]

[**For estimating ground water resources in the area follow the Ground Water Estimation Committee recommendations of 1997] 31. Waste Water Management Mine (a) Daily average discharge (m3/day) from different sources (i) Mine water discharge during

 Lean period Nil

 Monsoon period

(ii) Workshop (iii) Domestic (mine site) 1.4 Q-17 (iv) Beneficiation / Washeries (v) Coal Handling Plant (vi) Tailings pond (vii) Others (Specify)

Total 1.4 (b) Waste water treatment plant; flow sheet for treatment process attached. Yes No X

(ii) m3 /day (d) Point of final discharge Final Point Quantity discharged (in m3/day) 1. Surface (i) Agricultural land

(ii) Waste land

(iii) Forest land

(iv) Green belt

2. River / nallah

3. Lake 4. Sea 5. Others (specify) – septic tank 1.4 followed by soak pit Total 1.4

(e) Users of discharge water  (i) Human Yes No

(ii) Livestock Yes No 

(iii) Irrigation Yes No  (iv) Industry Yes No 

(v) Others (specify) (f) Details of the river / nalla, if final effluent is / will be discharged (cumecs) - NA-

(i) Average flow rate -

(ii) Lean season flow rate -

Q-18 (iii) Aquatic life

(iv) Analysis of river water 100 meters Yes No upstream and 100 meters downstream of discharge point submitted.

Township

(a) Waste water generation from - township (m3/day)

(b) Are you planning to provide sewage Yes No  treatment plant?

32. Attach water balance statement in the form of a flow diagram indicating source (s), consumption (Section-wise) and output.

S. No Water Usage Quantity, KLD 1 Wet drilling operation 3.8 2 Water sprinkling on haul rods 4.5 3 Domestic 1.8 4 Green Belt development 0.4 Total 10.5

33. Ambient noise level leq dB (A) (Enclosed in Chapter-3)

Location of sampling station Noise level

Day Time Night Time A. Core Zone

CN1 CN2 B. Buffer Zone

BN1 BN2

34. Solid Waste

(a) Top soil and Solid waste quantity and quality

Name Composition Quantity Method of disposal (Lump/fines/slurry/ (m3/month) Sludge/others)

Mining activity* - -

a. Top Soil -

Q-19

b. Over burden - c. Others (specify)- Mineral waste

Effluent Treatment Plant - - - (sludge) Total - -

[* Annex layout plan indicating the dump sites.] Enclosed in page no. 2-13. (b) (i) Does waste (s) contain any hazardous/toxic substance/ radioactive materials or Yes No  heavy metals?

(ii) If yes, whether details and Yes No  precautionary measures provided?

(d) Possible user(s) of the solid waste.

(e) (i) Is the solid waste suitable for backfilling? Yes  No

(ii) If yes, when do you propose Backfilled immediately to start backfilling.

(in million m3) Solid waste (s) Already To be generated % of A & B to be accumulated (B) backfilled (A) A B Over burden

Others (specify)

Land reclamation Plan Not Applicable

(f) In case waste is to be dumped on the ground, indicate

(i) Associated environmental problems

(ii) Number & type of waste dumps

 No. of external dumps nil

 Max. projected height of dumps (in m)

 No. of terraces and height of each stage

Q-20  Overall slope of the dump (degree)

 Proposed reclamation measures

(iii) Section of the waste dump in relation to the adjacent ground profile attached. Yes No

35. Fuel / Energy requirements* [*To be furnished for mines having ML area more than 25 ha. or captive power generation of 500KVA and above]

(a) Total power requirement (in MW) S. No. Mine Site Township Others (specify) Total 1 Present - - - - 2 Proposed / 0.1 - - 0.1 additional Total 0.1 0.1

(b) Source of power (in MW) S. No. SEB/Grid* Captive power plant DG Sets 1 Present SEB -- --

2 Proposed

Total

[* Annex a copy of the sanction letter from the concerned authority] (c) Details of fuels

S.No. Fuel Daily Consumption Calorific value % Ash % Sulphur (TPD) (Kcals/kg) Existing Proposed 1 HSD

2 LSHS

3 Other (specify)

36. Storage of inflammable / explosive materials

S. No. Name Number of Consumption Maximum Quantity at Storages (in TPD) any point of time

1 Fuels 1

2 Explosives - - -

37. Human Settlement

Core Zone Buffer Zone

Q-21 Population* 221251 No. of villages 44 Number of households 56966 village-wise [* As per 2011 census record or actual survey]

38. Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R&R) Plan* NA. [*Provide a comprehensive rehabilitation plan, if more than 1000 people are likely to be displaced, other-wise a summary plan]

(a) Villages falling within the study area Nil

Villages Number Name Core zone NA

500 m from the blasting site (s) NA

Buffer zone NA

Township site NA

(b) Details of village(s) in the core zone Nil S. Village name Population* Average Annual No. Tribal Others Income

[*As per 2001 census / actual survey] (c) Population to be displaced and / or Land oustees Nil Name of village(s) falling within Number of oustees Land (only) Homestead Land and Homestead (only) (both) Mining Lease Township Site

(d) Whether R&R package has been finalised? NA If yes, salient features of R&R plan for oustees.

(i) Site details where the people are proposed to be resettled & facilities existing / to be created.

(ii) Funds earmarked for compensation package.

(iii) Agency /Authority responsible for their resettlement.

(iv) Time of commencement of resettlement of Project Affected People (PAP).

(v) Period by which resettlement of PAP will

Q-22 be over.

39. Lease -wise plantation details (ref: Chapter 2.0, EIA report)

(a) Lease area (in ha.) Existing mine New mine

(i) Area broken up --

(ii) To be broken up -

(iii) Area not to be broken-up -

(b) Township area (in ha.) - -

Peripheral Dumps Roads Township Others (i) Existing - - - - - (ii) Proposed -

(d) No. and type of trees planted and proposed

(i) Existing  When plantation was started? Month / Year

No.of plant species planted Number saplings (per ha.)

Survival rate % ● Avg. height

(ii) Proposed

No. of plant species to be planted Number of saplings (per ha.)

40. Environmental health and safety (Enclosed in EMP)

(a) What major health and safety hazards are anticipated? Nil

(b) What provisions have been made/proposed to be made to conform to health and safety requirements?

(i) Comprehensive report on health status of the workers as under the Mines Act annexed. Yes No

Q-23

(ii) Mineralogical composition of RPM (dust)  Free silica  Chromium* (Total as well as Hexavalent)  Lead** [* Only for Chromite mines] [**Only for Base Metal mines]

(d) Information on radiation protection measures, if applicable.

41. Environmental Management Plan

Salient features of environmental protection measures

S. Environmental Already practiced, if Proposed No. issues* applicable 1 Air pollution From mining and Water sprinkling at crusher area. transportation: water sprinkling provided 2 Water pollution Domestic source Sent to septic tank

Runoff water from OB Check dam will be constructed to Dumps avoid run off around the foot of the dumps 3 Water conservation Diverting into worked out Rain water of the working area will be pits collected at pit bottom and it will be percolated through the joints or bedding plains. Due to percolation of rainwater from pit bottom, the ground water will get recharged. 4 Noise pollution Mining and mine Safety equipments will be provided to machinery the workers during mining and loading. 5 Solid water/tailings

6 Land degredation Land degraded will be backfilled with mine waste and top soil will used to cover the reclaimed pits to gets its original profile. 7 Erosion/sediment No erosion

8 Top soil Used for cover the reclaimed land to gets its original profile 9 Ground vibration No ground vibrations will Mining will be manual anticipated 10 Wildlife conservation None within 10 km radius of ML area 11 Forest protection No forest land involved in

Q-24 ML area 12 Others (Specify)

[* As applicable]

42. Compliance with environmental safeguards (For existing units) -NA-

(a) Status of the compliance of conditions of environmental clearance issued by MoEF, Yes x No  if any, enclosed.

(b) Status of the compliance of ‘Consent to Operate’ issued by SPCB, if any, enclosed. Yes x No 

Whether environmental impact assessment of the project has been carried out by Yes  No following scoping process?

If yes, a copy of scoping of EIA Yes  No Annexed. Refer Chapter-1 44. Mine closure Refer chapter-2. (a) Have you planned mine closure? Yes  No

(b) Submitted a conceptual mine Yes No  closure plan.

45. Capital cost of the project (in Rs. Lakh) Rs. 60 lakhs (Based on latest estimate) 46. Cost of environmental protection measures Enclosed In EIA Report, Chapter 10.0

47. Amount earmarked for socio-economic Rs.1.4 lakhs, ref EMP, Page No.1-14 welfare measures for the nearby villages other than R&R plans.

48. Public Hearing Applying for Public hearing

(a) Date of Advertisement

Q-25

(b) Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared

(d) Public Hearing Panel chaired by & members present:,

(e) No. of people attended the public hearing meeting and number of people from the lease area. (f) Summary/details of public hearing in tabular form Enclosed in Public consultation.

49. Whether the following approvals* (wherever applicable) have been obtained?

(i) Site clearance from MoEF Yes No 

(ii) ‘Consent for Establishment’ from the State Pollution Control Board Yes No 

(iii) NOC from Atomic Mineral Division Yes No 

(iv) Mining plan approval from IBM / Ministry of Coal Yes  No (v) In case of existing mines, mining scheme approval from IBM Yes  No

(vi) Forestry clearance under FCA, 1980 Yes No 

(vii) NOC from Chief Controller of Explosives Yes No 

(viii) Commitment regarding availability /  pumping of water from the concerned Yes No Authorities

(ix) In case of ML area falling in notified areas of the Central Ground Water Authority, Yes No  NOC from them. [* Annex copies of approvals and number them]: Mining scheme approval as Annexure.

Q-26

50. Was / is there any court case relating –NA. to the project or related activities? If so, provide details present status.

Verification: The data and information given in this proforma are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Date: Signature of the applicant* with full name & address

Place: [* Owner or his authorized signatory]

Sri. Maddineni Veeranjaneyulu Arundalpet, Near Pichikala, Guntur ground, Guntur district – 522 002

Given under the seal of organisation on behalf of whom the applicant is signing

Q-27

SRI MADDINENI VEERANJANEYULU SURVEY NO. 359 (PART), BALLIKURAVA VILLAGE AND MANDAL, PRAKASAM DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH

TEAM Labs and Consultants (An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Organization) NABET – Certificate No: NABET/ EIA/1821/ SA 0114, dt.04.09.2020 B-115 to 117 & 509, Annapurna Block, Aditya Enclave, Ameerpet, Hyderabad-500 038. Phone: 040-23748 555/616, Tele fax: 040-23748666 Email: [email protected]